rds

package
v0.20.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Mar 17, 2020 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 9 Imported by: 292

Documentation

Overview

Package rds provides the client and types for making API requests to Amazon RDS.

Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that makes it easier to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in the cloud. It provides cost-efficient, resizeable capacity for an industry-standard relational database and manages common database administration tasks, freeing up developers to focus on what makes their applications and businesses unique.

Amazon RDS gives you access to the capabilities of a MySQL, MariaDB, PostgreSQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, or Amazon Aurora database server. These capabilities mean that the code, applications, and tools you already use today with your existing databases work with Amazon RDS without modification. Amazon RDS automatically backs up your database and maintains the database software that powers your DB instance. Amazon RDS is flexible: you can scale your DB instance's compute resources and storage capacity to meet your application's demand. As with all Amazon Web Services, there are no up-front investments, and you pay only for the resources you use.

This interface reference for Amazon RDS contains documentation for a programming or command line interface you can use to manage Amazon RDS. Amazon RDS is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces might require techniques such as polling or callback functions to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a command is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the maintenance window. The reference structure is as follows, and we list following some related topics from the user guide.

Amazon RDS API Reference

Amazon RDS User Guide

See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31 for more information on this service.

See rds package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/rds/

Using the Client

To use Amazon RDS with the SDK use the New function to create a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.

See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/

See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config

See the Amazon RDS client for more information on creating client for this service. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/rds/#New

IAM User or Role Database Authentication

The rdsutil package's BuildAuthToken function provides a connection authentication token builder. Given an endpoint of the RDS database, AWS region, DB user, and AWS credentials the function will create an presigned URL to use as the authentication token for the database's connection.

The following example shows how to use BuildAuthToken to create an authentication token for connecting to a MySQL database in RDS. 

authToken, err := rdsutils.BuildAuthToken(dbEndpoint, awsRegion, dbUser, awsCreds)

// Create the MySQL DNS string for the DB connection
// user:password@protocol(endpoint)/dbname?<params>
dnsStr = fmt.Sprintf("%s:%s@tcp(%s)/%s?tls=true",
   dbUser, authToken, dbEndpoint, dbName,
)

// Use db to perform SQL operations on database
db, err := sql.Open("mysql", dnsStr)

See rdsutil package for more information. http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/rds/rdsutils/

Index

Examples

Constants

View Source 
const (
	ServiceName = "Amazon RDS" // Service's name
	ServiceID   = "RDS"        // Service's identifier
	EndpointsID = "rds"        // Service's Endpoint identifier
)
View Source 
const (

	// ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "AuthorizationAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group is already authorized
	// for the specified DB security group.
	ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault = "AuthorizationAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "AuthorizationNotFound".
	//
	// The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized
	// for the specified DB security group.
	//
	// Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on
	// your behalf.
	ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault = "AuthorizationNotFound"

	// ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The DB security group authorization quota has been reached.
	ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault = "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault".
	ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault = "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "CertificateNotFound".
	//
	// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate.
	ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault = "CertificateNotFound"

	// ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "CustomAvailabilityZoneAlreadyExists".
	//
	// CustomAvailabilityZoneName is already used by an existing custom Availability
	// Zone.
	ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneAlreadyExistsFault = "CustomAvailabilityZoneAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "CustomAvailabilityZoneNotFound".
	//
	// CustomAvailabilityZoneId doesn't refer to an existing custom Availability
	// Zone identifier.
	ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneNotFoundFault = "CustomAvailabilityZoneNotFound"

	// ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "CustomAvailabilityZoneQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// You have exceeded the maximum number of custom Availability Zones.
	ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneQuotaExceededFault = "CustomAvailabilityZoneQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault".
	//
	// The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier.
	ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault = "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault".
	//
	// BacktrackIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing backtrack.
	ErrCodeDBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault = "DBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterEndpointAlreadyExistsFault".
	//
	// The specified custom endpoint can't be created because it already exists.
	ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointAlreadyExistsFault = "DBClusterEndpointAlreadyExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The specified custom endpoint doesn't exist.
	ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault = "DBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterEndpointQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The cluster already has the maximum number of custom endpoints.
	ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointQuotaExceededFault = "DBClusterEndpointQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterNotFoundFault".
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
	ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault = "DBClusterNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound".
	//
	// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter
	// group.
	ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault = "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached
	// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota.
	ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault = "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterRoleAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterRoleAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is already associated with
	// the specified DB cluster.
	ErrCodeDBClusterRoleAlreadyExistsFault = "DBClusterRoleAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterRoleNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterRoleNotFound".
	//
	// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) isn't associated with the
	// specified DB cluster.
	ErrCodeDBClusterRoleNotFoundFault = "DBClusterRoleNotFound"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterRoleQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterRoleQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// You have exceeded the maximum number of IAM roles that can be associated
	// with the specified DB cluster.
	ErrCodeDBClusterRoleQuotaExceededFault = "DBClusterRoleQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault".
	//
	// The user already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier.
	ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault = "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault".
	//
	// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
	ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault = "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "DBInstanceAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier.
	ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault = "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFound".
	//
	// No automated backup for this DB instance was found.
	ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault = "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFound"

	// ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The quota for retained automated backups was exceeded. This prevents you
	// from retaining any additional automated backups. The retained automated backups
	// quota is the same as your DB Instance quota.
	ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault = "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBInstanceNotFound".
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
	ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault = "DBInstanceNotFound"

	// ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "DBInstanceRoleAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The specified RoleArn or FeatureName value is already associated with the
	// DB instance.
	ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleAlreadyExistsFault = "DBInstanceRoleAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBInstanceRoleNotFound".
	//
	// The specified RoleArn value doesn't match the specified feature for the DB
	// instance.
	ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleNotFoundFault = "DBInstanceRoleNotFound"

	// ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "DBInstanceRoleQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// You can't associate any more AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles
	// with the DB instance because the quota has been reached.
	ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleQuotaExceededFault = "DBInstanceRoleQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeDBLogFileNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBLogFileNotFoundFault".
	//
	// LogFileName doesn't refer to an existing DB log file.
	ErrCodeDBLogFileNotFoundFault = "DBLogFileNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists".
	//
	// A DB parameter group with the same name exists.
	ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault = "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBParameterGroupNotFound".
	//
	// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
	ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault = "DBParameterGroupNotFound"

	// ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter
	// groups.
	ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault = "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeDBProxyAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "DBProxyTargetExistsFault".
	//
	// The specified proxy name must be unique for all proxies owned by your AWS
	// account in the specified AWS Region.
	ErrCodeDBProxyAlreadyExistsFault = "DBProxyTargetExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBProxyNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your AWS
	// accoutn in the specified AWS Region.
	ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault = "DBProxyNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeDBProxyQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "DBProxyQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// Your AWS account already has the maximum number of proxies in the specified
	// AWS Region.
	ErrCodeDBProxyQuotaExceededFault = "DBProxyQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeDBProxyTargetAlreadyRegisteredFault for service response error code
	// "DBProxyTargetAlreadyRegisteredFault".
	//
	// The proxy is already associated with the specified RDS DB instance or Aurora
	// DB cluster.
	ErrCodeDBProxyTargetAlreadyRegisteredFault = "DBProxyTargetAlreadyRegisteredFault"

	// ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your AWS
	// account in the specified AWS Region.
	ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault = "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeDBProxyTargetNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBProxyTargetNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The specified RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster isn't available for a
	// proxy owned by your AWS account in the specified AWS Region.
	ErrCodeDBProxyTargetNotFoundFault = "DBProxyTargetNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExists".
	//
	// A DB security group with the name specified in DBSecurityGroupName already
	// exists.
	ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault = "DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBSecurityGroupNotFound".
	//
	// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
	ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault = "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"

	// ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault for service response error code
	// "DBSecurityGroupNotSupported".
	//
	// A DB security group isn't allowed for this action.
	ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault = "DBSecurityGroupNotSupported"

	// ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "QuotaExceeded.DBSecurityGroup".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB security
	// groups.
	ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault = "QuotaExceeded.DBSecurityGroup"

	// ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists".
	//
	// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot.
	ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault = "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBSnapshotNotFound".
	//
	// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
	ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault = "DBSnapshotNotFound"

	// ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists".
	//
	// DBSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing DB subnet group.
	ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault = "DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs for service response error code
	// "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs".
	//
	// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
	// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
	ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs = "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"

	// ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault for service response error code
	// "DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault".
	//
	// The DBSubnetGroup shouldn't be specified while creating read replicas that
	// lie in the same region as the source instance.
	ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault = "DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault"

	// ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault".
	//
	// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
	ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault = "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet
	// groups.
	ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault = "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of subnets
	// in a DB subnet groups.
	ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault = "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault for service response error code
	// "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure".
	//
	// The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on can't be modified.
	ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault = "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure"

	// ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "DomainNotFoundFault".
	//
	// Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain.
	ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault = "DomainNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions.
	ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault = "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeExportTaskAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ExportTaskAlreadyExists".
	//
	// You can't start an export task that's already running.
	ErrCodeExportTaskAlreadyExistsFault = "ExportTaskAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeExportTaskNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ExportTaskNotFound".
	//
	// The export task doesn't exist.
	ErrCodeExportTaskNotFoundFault = "ExportTaskNotFound"

	// ErrCodeGlobalClusterAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "GlobalClusterAlreadyExistsFault".
	ErrCodeGlobalClusterAlreadyExistsFault = "GlobalClusterAlreadyExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault".
	ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault = "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeGlobalClusterQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "GlobalClusterQuotaExceededFault".
	ErrCodeGlobalClusterQuotaExceededFault = "GlobalClusterQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeIamRoleMissingPermissionsFault for service response error code
	// "IamRoleMissingPermissions".
	//
	// The IAM role requires additional permissions to export to an Amazon S3 bucket.
	ErrCodeIamRoleMissingPermissionsFault = "IamRoleMissingPermissions"

	// ErrCodeIamRoleNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "IamRoleNotFound".
	//
	// The IAM role is missing for exporting to an Amazon S3 bucket.
	ErrCodeIamRoleNotFoundFault = "IamRoleNotFound"

	// ErrCodeInstallationMediaAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "InstallationMediaAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The specified installation medium has already been imported.
	ErrCodeInstallationMediaAlreadyExistsFault = "InstallationMediaAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeInstallationMediaNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "InstallationMediaNotFound".
	//
	// InstallationMediaID doesn't refer to an existing installation medium.
	ErrCodeInstallationMediaNotFoundFault = "InstallationMediaNotFound"

	// ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "InstanceQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances.
	ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault = "InstanceQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault for service response error code
	// "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault".
	//
	// The DB cluster doesn't have enough capacity for the current operation.
	ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault = "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault"

	// ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault for service response error code
	// "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity".
	//
	// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
	// Zone.
	ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault = "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"

	// ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault for service response error code
	// "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity".
	//
	// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might
	// be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
	// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
	ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault = "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterCapacityFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBClusterCapacityFault".
	//
	// Capacity isn't a valid Aurora Serverless DB cluster capacity. Valid capacity
	// values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterCapacityFault = "InvalidDBClusterCapacityFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault".
	//
	// The requested operation can't be performed on the endpoint while the endpoint
	// is in this state.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault = "InvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault".
	//
	// The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault = "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBClusterStateFault".
	//
	// The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault = "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceAutomatedBackupStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBInstanceAutomatedBackupState".
	//
	// The automated backup is in an invalid state. For example, this automated
	// backup is associated with an active instance.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceAutomatedBackupStateFault = "InvalidDBInstanceAutomatedBackupState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBInstanceState".
	//
	// The DB instance isn't in a valid state.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault = "InvalidDBInstanceState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBParameterGroupState".
	//
	// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting
	// to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group
	// is in this state.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault = "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBProxyStateFault".
	//
	// The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault = "InvalidDBProxyStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState".
	//
	// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault = "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBSnapshotState".
	//
	// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault = "InvalidDBSnapshotState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault".
	//
	// The DBSubnetGroup doesn't belong to the same VPC as that of an existing cross-region
	// read replica of the same source instance.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupFault = "InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault".
	//
	// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault = "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault".
	//
	// The DB subnet isn't in the available state.
	ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault = "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidEventSubscriptionState".
	//
	// This error can occur if someone else is modifying a subscription. You should
	// retry the action.
	ErrCodeInvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault = "InvalidEventSubscriptionState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidExportOnlyFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidExportOnly".
	//
	// The export is invalid for exporting to an Amazon S3 bucket.
	ErrCodeInvalidExportOnlyFault = "InvalidExportOnly"

	// ErrCodeInvalidExportSourceStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidExportSourceState".
	//
	// The state of the export snapshot is invalid for exporting to an Amazon S3
	// bucket.
	ErrCodeInvalidExportSourceStateFault = "InvalidExportSourceState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidExportTaskStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidExportTaskStateFault".
	//
	// You can't cancel an export task that has completed.
	ErrCodeInvalidExportTaskStateFault = "InvalidExportTaskStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault".
	ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault = "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault".
	//
	// The option group isn't in the available state.
	ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault = "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidRestoreFault".
	//
	// Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance.
	ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault = "InvalidRestoreFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidS3BucketFault".
	//
	// The specified Amazon S3 bucket name can't be found or Amazon RDS isn't authorized
	// to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName and
	// S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again.
	ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault = "InvalidS3BucketFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidSubnet for service response error code
	// "InvalidSubnet".
	//
	// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that
	// are not all in a common VPC.
	ErrCodeInvalidSubnet = "InvalidSubnet"

	// ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault".
	//
	// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created
	// because of users' change.
	ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault = "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"

	// ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault for service response error code
	// "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault".
	//
	// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key.
	ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault = "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"

	// ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault".
	//
	// The option group you are trying to create already exists.
	ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault = "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "OptionGroupNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The specified option group could not be found.
	ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault = "OptionGroupNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account.
	ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault = "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodePointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault for service response error code
	// "PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabled".
	//
	// SourceDBInstanceIdentifier refers to a DB instance with BackupRetentionPeriod
	// equal to 0.
	ErrCodePointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault = "PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabled"

	// ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault for service response error code
	// "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault".
	//
	// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone.
	ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault = "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault"

	// ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExists".
	//
	// User already has a reservation with the given identifier.
	ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault = "ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedDBInstanceNotFound".
	//
	// The specified reserved DB Instance not found.
	ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault = "ReservedDBInstanceNotFound"

	// ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// Request would exceed the user's DB Instance quota.
	ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault = "ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound".
	//
	// Specified offering does not exist.
	ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault = "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound"

	// ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ResourceNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The specified resource ID was not found.
	ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault = "ResourceNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault for service response error code
	// "SNSInvalidTopic".
	//
	// SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified.
	ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault = "SNSInvalidTopic"

	// ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault for service response error code
	// "SNSNoAuthorization".
	//
	// You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN.
	ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault = "SNSNoAuthorization"

	// ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SNSTopicArnNotFound".
	//
	// The SNS topic ARN does not exist.
	ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault = "SNSTopicArnNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual
	// DB snapshot with.
	ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault = "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots.
	ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault = "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SourceNotFound".
	//
	// The requested source could not be found.
	ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault = "SourceNotFound"

	// ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "StorageQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage
	// available across all DB instances.
	ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault = "StorageQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault for service response error code
	// "StorageTypeNotSupported".
	//
	// Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance.
	ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault = "StorageTypeNotSupported"

	// ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse for service response error code
	// "SubnetAlreadyInUse".
	//
	// The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone.
	ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse = "SubnetAlreadyInUse"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionAlreadyExist".
	//
	// The supplied subscription name already exists.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault = "SubscriptionAlreadyExist"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound".
	//
	// The supplied category does not exist.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault = "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionNotFound".
	//
	// The subscription name does not exist.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault = "SubscriptionNotFound"
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AccountQuota 

type AccountQuota struct {

	// The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account.
	AccountQuotaName *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum allowed value for the quota.
	Max *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The amount currently used toward the quota maximum.
	Used *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a quota for an AWS account.

The following are account quotas:

  • AllocatedStorage - The total allocated storage per account, in GiB. The used value is the total allocated storage in the account, in GiB.

  • AuthorizationsPerDBSecurityGroup - The number of ingress rules per DB security group. The used value is the highest number of ingress rules in a DB security group in the account. Other DB security groups in the account might have a lower number of ingress rules.

  • CustomEndpointsPerDBCluster - The number of custom endpoints per DB cluster. The used value is the highest number of custom endpoints in a DB clusters in the account. Other DB clusters in the account might have a lower number of custom endpoints.

  • DBClusterParameterGroups - The number of DB cluster parameter groups per account, excluding default parameter groups. The used value is the count of nondefault DB cluster parameter groups in the account.

  • DBClusterRoles - The number of associated AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles per DB cluster. The used value is the highest number of associated IAM roles for a DB cluster in the account. Other DB clusters in the account might have a lower number of associated IAM roles.

  • DBClusters - The number of DB clusters per account. The used value is the count of DB clusters in the account.

  • DBInstanceRoles - The number of associated IAM roles per DB instance. The used value is the highest number of associated IAM roles for a DB instance in the account. Other DB instances in the account might have a lower number of associated IAM roles.

  • DBInstances - The number of DB instances per account. The used value is the count of the DB instances in the account. Amazon RDS DB instances, Amazon Aurora DB instances, Amazon Neptune instances, and Amazon DocumentDB instances apply to this quota.

  • DBParameterGroups - The number of DB parameter groups per account, excluding default parameter groups. The used value is the count of nondefault DB parameter groups in the account.

  • DBSecurityGroups - The number of DB security groups (not VPC security groups) per account, excluding the default security group. The used value is the count of nondefault DB security groups in the account.

  • DBSubnetGroups - The number of DB subnet groups per account. The used value is the count of the DB subnet groups in the account.

  • EventSubscriptions - The number of event subscriptions per account. The used value is the count of the event subscriptions in the account.

  • ManualSnapshots - The number of manual DB snapshots per account. The used value is the count of the manual DB snapshots in the account.

  • OptionGroups - The number of DB option groups per account, excluding default option groups. The used value is the count of nondefault DB option groups in the account.

  • ReadReplicasPerMaster - The number of Read Replicas per DB instance. The used value is the highest number of Read Replicas for a DB instance in the account. Other DB instances in the account might have a lower number of Read Replicas.

  • ReservedDBInstances - The number of reserved DB instances per account. The used value is the count of the active reserved DB instances in the account.

  • SubnetsPerDBSubnetGroup - The number of subnets per DB subnet group. The used value is highest number of subnets for a DB subnet group in the account. Other DB subnet groups in the account might have a lower number of subnets.

For more information, see Quotas for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Limits.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Quotas for Amazon Aurora (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_Limits.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

func (AccountQuota) String 

func (s AccountQuota) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ActivityStreamMode added in v0.10.0 

type ActivityStreamMode string
const (
	ActivityStreamModeSync  ActivityStreamMode = "sync"
	ActivityStreamModeAsync ActivityStreamMode = "async"
)

Enum values for ActivityStreamMode

func (ActivityStreamMode) MarshalValue added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ActivityStreamMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ActivityStreamMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ActivityStreamMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ActivityStreamStatus added in v0.10.0 

type ActivityStreamStatus string
const (
	ActivityStreamStatusStopped  ActivityStreamStatus = "stopped"
	ActivityStreamStatusStarting ActivityStreamStatus = "starting"
	ActivityStreamStatusStarted  ActivityStreamStatus = "started"
	ActivityStreamStatusStopping ActivityStreamStatus = "stopping"
)

Enum values for ActivityStreamStatus

func (ActivityStreamStatus) MarshalValue added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ActivityStreamStatus) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ActivityStreamStatus) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.10.0 

func (enum ActivityStreamStatus) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AddRoleToDBClusterInput 

type AddRoleToDBClusterInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with.
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the feature for the DB cluster that the IAM role is to be associated
	// with. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
	FeatureName *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora
	// DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole.
	//
	// RoleArn is a required field
	RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddRoleToDBClusterInput) String 

func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AddRoleToDBClusterInput) Validate 

func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput 

type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) String 

func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AddRoleToDBClusterRequest 

type AddRoleToDBClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput
	Copy  func(*AddRoleToDBClusterInput) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest
}

AddRoleToDBClusterRequest is the request type for the AddRoleToDBCluster API operation.

func (AddRoleToDBClusterRequest) Send 

func (r AddRoleToDBClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*AddRoleToDBClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the AddRoleToDBCluster API request.

type AddRoleToDBClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type AddRoleToDBClusterResponse struct {
	*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AddRoleToDBClusterResponse is the response type for the AddRoleToDBCluster API operation.

func (*AddRoleToDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *AddRoleToDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the AddRoleToDBCluster request.

type AddRoleToDBInstanceInput added in v0.8.0 

type AddRoleToDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The name of the DB instance to associate the IAM role with.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the feature for the DB instance that the IAM role is to be associated
	// with. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
	//
	// FeatureName is a required field
	FeatureName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the DB instance,
	// for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole.
	//
	// RoleArn is a required field
	RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (s *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput added in v0.8.0 

type AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest added in v0.8.0 

type AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput
	Copy  func(*AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest
}

AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest is the request type for the AddRoleToDBInstance API operation.

func (AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest) Send added in v0.8.0 

func (r AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*AddRoleToDBInstanceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the AddRoleToDBInstance API request.

type AddRoleToDBInstanceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type AddRoleToDBInstanceResponse struct {
	*AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AddRoleToDBInstanceResponse is the response type for the AddRoleToDBInstance API operation.

func (*AddRoleToDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *AddRoleToDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the AddRoleToDBInstance request.

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput 

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The identifier of the event source to be added.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must
	//    be supplied.
	//
	//    * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must
	//    be supplied.
	//
	//    * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must
	//    be supplied.
	//
	//    * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be
	//    supplied.
	//
	// SourceIdentifier is a required field
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source
	// identifier to.
	//
	// SubscriptionName is a required field
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String 

func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate 

func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput 

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String 

func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest 

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput
	Copy  func(*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest
}

AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest is the request type for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API operation.

func (AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest) Send 

func (r AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API request.

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse struct {
	*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse is the response type for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API operation.

func (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription request.

type AddTagsToResourceInput 

type AddTagsToResourceInput struct {

	// The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are added to. This value is an Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
	// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	//
	// ResourceName is a required field
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource.
	//
	// Tags is a required field
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddTagsToResourceInput) String 

func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate 

func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AddTagsToResourceOutput 

type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddTagsToResourceOutput) String 

func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AddTagsToResourceRequest 

type AddTagsToResourceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *AddTagsToResourceInput
	Copy  func(*AddTagsToResourceInput) AddTagsToResourceRequest
}

AddTagsToResourceRequest is the request type for the AddTagsToResource API operation.

func (AddTagsToResourceRequest) Send 

func (r AddTagsToResourceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*AddTagsToResourceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the AddTagsToResource API request.

type AddTagsToResourceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type AddTagsToResourceResponse struct {
	*AddTagsToResourceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AddTagsToResourceResponse is the response type for the AddTagsToResource API operation.

func (*AddTagsToResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *AddTagsToResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the AddTagsToResource request.

type ApplyMethod 

type ApplyMethod string
const (
	ApplyMethodImmediate     ApplyMethod = "immediate"
	ApplyMethodPendingReboot ApplyMethod = "pending-reboot"
)

Enum values for ApplyMethod

func (ApplyMethod) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ApplyMethod) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ApplyMethod) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ApplyMethod) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput 

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct {

	// The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource.
	//
	// Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade, hardware-maintenance, ca-certificate-rotation
	//
	// ApplyAction is a required field
	ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request.
	// An opt-in request of type immediate can't be undone.
	//
	// Valid values:
	//
	//    * immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately.
	//
	//    * next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance
	//    window for the resource.
	//
	//    * undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests.
	//
	// OptInType is a required field
	OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance
	// action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
	// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	//
	// ResourceIdentifier is a required field
	ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String 

func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate 

func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput 

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct {

	// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.
	ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String 

func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest 

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput
	Copy  func(*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest
}

ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest is the request type for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation.

func (ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest) Send 

func (r ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API request.

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse struct {
	*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse is the response type for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation.

func (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction request.

type AuthScheme added in v0.18.0 

type AuthScheme string
const (
	AuthSchemeSecrets AuthScheme = "SECRETS"
)

Enum values for AuthScheme

func (AuthScheme) MarshalValue added in v0.18.0 

func (enum AuthScheme) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AuthScheme) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.18.0 

func (enum AuthScheme) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput 

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The IP range to authorize.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB security group to add authorization to.
	//
	// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId
	// must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
	// or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`

	// Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups,
	// EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and
	// either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the
	// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS access key ID isn't an acceptable
	// value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
	// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
	// must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String 

func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate 

func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput 

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// action.
	DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String 

func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest 

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput
	Copy  func(*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest
}

AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest is the request type for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation.

func (AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest) Send 

func (r AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress API request.

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse added in v0.9.0 

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse struct {
	*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse is the response type for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation.

func (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress request.

type AvailabilityZone 

type AvailabilityZone struct {

	// The name of the Availability Zone.
	Name *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains Availability Zone information.

This data type is used as an element in the OrderableDBInstanceOption data type.

func (AvailabilityZone) String 

func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AvailableProcessorFeature added in v0.5.0 

type AvailableProcessorFeature struct {

	// The allowed values for the processor feature of the DB instance class.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// The default value for the processor feature of the DB instance class.
	DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the processor feature. Valid names are coreCount and threadsPerCore.
	Name *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the available processor feature information for the DB instance class of a DB instance.

For more information, see Configuring the Processor of the DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

func (AvailableProcessorFeature) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s AvailableProcessorFeature) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BacktrackDBClusterInput added in v0.4.0 

type BacktrackDBClusterInput struct {

	// The timestamp of the time to backtrack the DB cluster to, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, see the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// If the specified time isn't a consistent time for the DB cluster, Aurora
	// automatically chooses the nearest possible consistent time for the DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain a valid ISO 8601 timestamp.
	//
	//    * Can't contain a timestamp set in the future.
	//
	// Example: 2017-07-08T18:00Z
	//
	// BacktrackTo is a required field
	BacktrackTo *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"`

	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be backtracked. This parameter
	// is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster1
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A value that indicates whether to force the DB cluster to backtrack when
	// binary logging is enabled. Otherwise, an error occurs when binary logging
	// is enabled.
	Force *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether to backtrack the DB cluster to the earliest
	// possible backtrack time when BacktrackTo is set to a timestamp earlier than
	// the earliest backtrack time. When this parameter is disabled and BacktrackTo
	// is set to a timestamp earlier than the earliest backtrack time, an error
	// occurs.
	UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BacktrackDBClusterInput) String added in v0.4.0 

func (s BacktrackDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BacktrackDBClusterInput) Validate added in v0.4.0 

func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BacktrackDBClusterOutput added in v0.4.0 

type BacktrackDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the backtrack identifier.
	BacktrackIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The timestamp of the time at which the backtrack was requested.
	BacktrackRequestCreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The timestamp of the time to which the DB cluster was backtracked.
	BacktrackTo *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The timestamp of the time from which the DB cluster was backtracked.
	BacktrackedFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB cluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the backtrack. This property returns one of the following values:
	//
	//    * applying - The backtrack is currently being applied to or rolled back
	//    from the DB cluster.
	//
	//    * completed - The backtrack has successfully been applied to or rolled
	//    back from the DB cluster.
	//
	//    * failed - An error occurred while the backtrack was applied to or rolled
	//    back from the DB cluster.
	//
	//    * pending - The backtrack is currently pending application to or rollback
	//    from the DB cluster.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks action.

func (BacktrackDBClusterOutput) String added in v0.4.0 

func (s BacktrackDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BacktrackDBClusterRequest added in v0.4.0 

type BacktrackDBClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *BacktrackDBClusterInput
	Copy  func(*BacktrackDBClusterInput) BacktrackDBClusterRequest
}

BacktrackDBClusterRequest is the request type for the BacktrackDBCluster API operation.

func (BacktrackDBClusterRequest) Send added in v0.4.0 

func (r BacktrackDBClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BacktrackDBClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the BacktrackDBCluster API request.

type BacktrackDBClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type BacktrackDBClusterResponse struct {
	*BacktrackDBClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BacktrackDBClusterResponse is the response type for the BacktrackDBCluster API operation.

func (*BacktrackDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *BacktrackDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BacktrackDBCluster request.

type CancelExportTaskInput added in v0.19.0 

type CancelExportTaskInput struct {

	// The identifier of the snapshot export task to cancel.
	//
	// ExportTaskIdentifier is a required field
	ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CancelExportTaskInput) String added in v0.19.0 

func (s CancelExportTaskInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CancelExportTaskInput) Validate added in v0.19.0 

func (s *CancelExportTaskInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CancelExportTaskOutput added in v0.19.0 

type CancelExportTaskOutput struct {

	// The data exported from the snapshot. Valid values are the following:
	//
	//    * database - Export all the data of the snapshot.
	//
	//    * database.table [table-name] - Export a table of the snapshot.
	//
	//    * database.schema [schema-name] - Export a database schema of the snapshot.
	//    This value isn't valid for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, or Aurora MySQL.
	//
	//    * database.schema.table [table-name] - Export a table of the database
	//    schema. This value isn't valid for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, or
	//    Aurora MySQL.
	ExportOnly []string `type:"list"`

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier
	// for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is exported to.
	ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The reason the export failed, if it failed.
	FailureCause *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting
	// a snapshot.
	IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The ID of the AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's
	// exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN),
	// the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
	// The IAM role used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption
	// permissions to use this KMS key.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The progress of the snapshot export task as a percentage.
	PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Amazon S3 bucket that the snapshot is exported to.
	S3Bucket *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported
	// snapshot.
	S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The time that the snapshot was created.
	SnapshotTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3.
	SourceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The progress status of the export task.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The time that the snapshot export task completed.
	TaskEndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The time that the snapshot export task started.
	TaskStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The total amount of data exported, in gigabytes.
	TotalExtractedDataInGB *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A warning about the snapshot export task.
	WarningMessage *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the details of a snapshot export to Amazon S3.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeExportTasks action.

func (CancelExportTaskOutput) String added in v0.19.0 

func (s CancelExportTaskOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CancelExportTaskRequest added in v0.19.0 

type CancelExportTaskRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CancelExportTaskInput
	Copy  func(*CancelExportTaskInput) CancelExportTaskRequest
}

CancelExportTaskRequest is the request type for the CancelExportTask API operation.

func (CancelExportTaskRequest) Send added in v0.19.0 

func (r CancelExportTaskRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CancelExportTaskResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CancelExportTask API request.

type CancelExportTaskResponse added in v0.19.0 

type CancelExportTaskResponse struct {
	*CancelExportTaskOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CancelExportTaskResponse is the response type for the CancelExportTask API operation.

func (*CancelExportTaskResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.19.0 

func (r *CancelExportTaskResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CancelExportTask request.

type Certificate 

type Certificate struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate.
	CertificateArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The unique key that identifies a certificate.
	CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of the certificate.
	CertificateType *string `type:"string"`

	// Whether there is an override for the default certificate identifier.
	CustomerOverride *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If there is an override for the default certificate identifier, when the
	// override expires.
	CustomerOverrideValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The thumbprint of the certificate.
	Thumbprint *string `type:"string"`

	// The starting date from which the certificate is valid.
	ValidFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The final date that the certificate continues to be valid.
	ValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A CA certificate for an AWS account.

func (Certificate) String 

func (s Certificate) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CharacterSet 

type CharacterSet struct {

	// The description of the character set.
	CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the character set.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.

func (CharacterSet) String 

func (s CharacterSet) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Client added in v0.9.0 

type Client struct {
	*aws.Client
}

Client provides the API operation methods for making requests to Amazon RDS. See this package's package overview docs for details on the service.

The client's methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.

func New 

func New(config aws.Config) *Client

New creates a new instance of the client from the provided Config.

Example: 

// Create a client from just a config.
svc := rds.New(myConfig)

func (*Client) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest

AddRoleToDBClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora MySQL to Access Other AWS Services on Your Behalf (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Integrating.Authorizing.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using AddRoleToDBClusterRequest.
req := client.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster

func (*Client) AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest(input *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest

AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Associates an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with a DB instance.

To add a role to a DB instance, the status of the DB instance must be available. 

// Example sending a request using AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest.
req := client.AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBInstance

func (*Client) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest

AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription. 

// Example sending a request using AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest.
req := client.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription

Example (Shared00)

To add a source identifier to an event notification subscription

This example add a source identifier to an event notification subscription. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{
		SourceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("mymysqleventsubscription"),
	}

	req := svc.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) AddTagsToResourceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) AddTagsToResourceRequest

AddTagsToResourceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources, or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS.

For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). 

// Example sending a request using AddTagsToResourceRequest.
req := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource

Example (Shared00)

To add tags to a resource

This example adds a tag to an option group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.AddTagsToResourceInput{
		ResourceName: aws.String("arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:992648334831:og:mymysqloptiongroup"),
		Tags: []rds.Tag{
			{
				Key:   aws.String("Staging"),
				Value: aws.String("LocationDB"),
			},
		},
	}

	req := svc.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest

ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB instance). 

// Example sending a request using ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest.
req := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction

Example (Shared00)

To apply a pending maintenance action

This example immediately applies a pending system update to a DB instance. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{
		ApplyAction:        aws.String("system-update"),
		OptInType:          aws.String("immediate"),
		ResourceIdentifier: aws.String("arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:992648334831:db:mymysqlinstance"),
	}

	req := svc.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest

AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization. First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second, IP ranges are available if the application accessing your database is running on the Internet. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDR range, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC).

You can't authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one AWS Region to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You can't authorize ingress from a VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another.

For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). 

// Example sending a request using AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest.
req := client.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress

Example (Shared00)

To authorize DB security group integress

This example authorizes access to the specified security group by the specified CIDR block. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{
		CIDRIP:              aws.String("203.0.113.5/32"),
		DBSecurityGroupName: aws.String("mydbsecuritygroup"),
	}

	req := svc.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) BacktrackDBClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) BacktrackDBClusterRequest(input *BacktrackDBClusterInput) BacktrackDBClusterRequest

BacktrackDBClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Backtracks a DB cluster to a specific time, without creating a new DB cluster.

For more information on backtracking, see Backtracking an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Managing.Backtrack.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using BacktrackDBClusterRequest.
req := client.BacktrackDBClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/BacktrackDBCluster

func (*Client) CancelExportTaskRequest added in v0.19.0 

func (c *Client) CancelExportTaskRequest(input *CancelExportTaskInput) CancelExportTaskRequest

CancelExportTaskRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Cancels an export task in progress that is exporting a snapshot to Amazon S3. Any data that has already been written to the S3 bucket isn't removed. 

// Example sending a request using CancelExportTaskRequest.
req := client.CancelExportTaskRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CancelExportTask

func (*Client) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest

CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup

Example (Shared00)

To copy a DB cluster parameter group

This example copies a DB cluster parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{
		SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("mydbclusterparametergroup"),
		TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription: aws.String("My DB cluster parameter group copy"),
		TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("mydbclusterparametergroup-copy"),
	}

	req := svc.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest

CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster.

To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot.

You can copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. In that case, the AWS Region where you call the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action is the destination AWS Region for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied to. To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region, you must provide the following values:

  • KmsKeyId - The AWS Key Management System (AWS KMS) key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region.

  • PreSignedUrl - A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster snapshot is copied from. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: KmsKeyId - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed URL. DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot is to be created in. SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier

  • The DB cluster snapshot identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115. To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.

  • TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The identifier for the new copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region.

  • SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the ARN format for the source AWS Region and is the same value as the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier in the pre-signed URL.

To cancel the copy operation once it is in progress, delete the target DB cluster snapshot identified by TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier while that DB cluster snapshot is in "copying" status.

For more information on copying encrypted DB cluster snapshots from one AWS Region to another, see Copying a Snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest.
req := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot

Example (Shared00)

To copy a DB cluster snapshot

The following example copies an automated snapshot of a DB cluster to a new DB cluster snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{
		SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("rds:sample-cluster-2016-09-14-10-38"),
		TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("cluster-snapshot-copy-1"),
	}

	req := svc.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest

CopyDBParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Copies the specified DB parameter group. 

// Example sending a request using CopyDBParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup

Example (Shared00)

To copy a DB parameter group

This example copies a DB parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CopyDBParameterGroupInput{
		SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("mymysqlparametergroup"),
		TargetDBParameterGroupDescription: aws.String("My MySQL parameter group copy"),
		TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("mymysqlparametergroup-copy"),
	}

	req := svc.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CopyDBSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) CopyDBSnapshotRequest

CopyDBSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the "available" state.

You can copy a snapshot from one AWS Region to another. In that case, the AWS Region where you call the CopyDBSnapshot action is the destination AWS Region for the DB snapshot copy.

For more information about copying snapshots, see Copying a DB Snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopyDBSnapshot) in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using CopyDBSnapshotRequest.
req := client.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshot

Example (Shared00)

To copy a DB snapshot

This example copies a DB snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CopyDBSnapshotInput{
		SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("mydbsnapshot"),
		TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("mydbsnapshot-copy"),
	}

	req := svc.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CopyOptionGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CopyOptionGroupRequest(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) CopyOptionGroupRequest

CopyOptionGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Copies the specified option group. 

// Example sending a request using CopyOptionGroupRequest.
req := client.CopyOptionGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroup

Example (Shared00)

To copy an option group

This example copies an option group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CopyOptionGroupInput{
		SourceOptionGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("mymysqloptiongroup"),
		TargetOptionGroupDescription: aws.String("My MySQL option group copy"),
		TargetOptionGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("mymysqloptiongroup-copy"),
	}

	req := svc.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest added in v0.15.0 

func (c *Client) CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(input *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest

CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a custom Availability Zone (AZ).

A custom AZ is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a VMware vSphere cluster.

For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html) 

// Example sending a request using CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest.
req := client.CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateCustomAvailabilityZone

func (*Client) CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest

CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a new custom endpoint and associates it with an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest.
req := client.CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterEndpoint

func (*Client) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest

CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a new DB cluster parameter group.

Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances in a DB cluster.

A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster. When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster, you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect.

After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters action to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or modified.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup

Example (Shared00)

To create a DB cluster parameter group

This example creates a DB cluster parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("mydbclusterparametergroup"),
		DBParameterGroupFamily:      aws.String("aurora5.6"),
		Description:                 aws.String("My DB cluster parameter group"),
	}

	req := svc.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CreateDBClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) CreateDBClusterRequest

CreateDBClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster as a Read Replica of another DB cluster or Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance. For cross-region replication where the DB cluster identified by ReplicationSourceIdentifier is encrypted, you must also specify the PreSignedUrl parameter.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using CreateDBClusterRequest.
req := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster

Example (Shared00)

To create a DB cluster

This example creates a DB cluster. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CreateDBClusterInput{
		AvailabilityZones: []string{
			"us-east-1a",
		},
		BackupRetentionPeriod:       aws.Int64(1),
		DBClusterIdentifier:         aws.String("mydbcluster"),
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("mydbclusterparametergroup"),
		DatabaseName:                aws.String("myauroradb"),
		Engine:                      aws.String("aurora"),
		EngineVersion:               aws.String("5.6.10a"),
		MasterUserPassword:          aws.String("mypassword"),
		MasterUsername:              aws.String("myuser"),
		Port:                        aws.Int64(3306),
		StorageEncrypted:            aws.Bool(true),
	}

	req := svc.CreateDBClusterRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest

CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest.
req := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot

Example (Shared00)

To create a DB cluster snapshot

This example creates a DB cluster snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier:         aws.String("mydbcluster"),
		DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("mydbclustersnapshot"),
	}

	req := svc.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest

CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a new DB instance that acts as a Read Replica for an existing source DB instance. You can create a Read Replica for a DB instance running MySQL, MariaDB, Oracle, or PostgreSQL. For more information, see Working with Read Replicas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReadRepl.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Amazon Aurora doesn't support this action. You must call the CreateDBInstance action to create a DB instance for an Aurora DB cluster.

All Read Replica DB instances are created with backups disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security groups and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance, except as specified following.

Your source DB instance must have backup retention enabled. 

// Example sending a request using CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest.
req := client.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica

Example (Shared00)

To create a DB instance read replica.

This example creates a DB instance read replica. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput{
		AvailabilityZone:           aws.String("us-east-1a"),
		CopyTagsToSnapshot:         aws.Bool(true),
		DBInstanceClass:            aws.String("db.t2.micro"),
		DBInstanceIdentifier:       aws.String("mydbreadreplica"),
		PubliclyAccessible:         aws.Bool(true),
		SourceDBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		StorageType:                aws.String("gp2"),
		Tags: []rds.Tag{
			{
				Key:   aws.String("mydbreadreplicakey"),
				Value: aws.String("mydbreadreplicavalue"),
			},
		},
	}

	req := svc.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CreateDBInstanceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) CreateDBInstanceRequest

CreateDBInstanceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a new DB instance. 

// Example sending a request using CreateDBInstanceRequest.
req := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance

Example (Shared00)

To create a DB instance.

This example creates a DB instance. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CreateDBInstanceInput{
		AllocatedStorage:     aws.Int64(5),
		DBInstanceClass:      aws.String("db.t2.micro"),
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		Engine:               aws.String("MySQL"),
		MasterUserPassword:   aws.String("MyPassword"),
		MasterUsername:       aws.String("MyUser"),
	}

	req := svc.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest

CreateDBParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a new DB parameter group.

A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated settings to take effect.

After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has been created or modified. 

// Example sending a request using CreateDBParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup

Example (Shared00)

To create a DB parameter group.

This example creates a DB parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CreateDBParameterGroupInput{
		DBParameterGroupFamily: aws.String("mysql5.6"),
		DBParameterGroupName:   aws.String("mymysqlparametergroup"),
		Description:            aws.String("My MySQL parameter group"),
	}

	req := svc.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CreateDBProxyRequest added in v0.18.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDBProxyRequest(input *CreateDBProxyInput) CreateDBProxyRequest

CreateDBProxyRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Creates a new DB proxy. 

// Example sending a request using CreateDBProxyRequest.
req := client.CreateDBProxyRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBProxy

func (*Client) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest

CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB instance.

A DB security group controls access to EC2-Classic DB instances that are not in a VPC. 

// Example sending a request using CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest.
req := client.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroup

Example (Shared00)

To create a DB security group.

This example creates a DB security group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CreateDBSecurityGroupInput{
		DBSecurityGroupDescription: aws.String("My DB security group"),
		DBSecurityGroupName:        aws.String("mydbsecuritygroup"),
	}

	req := svc.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CreateDBSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) CreateDBSnapshotRequest

CreateDBSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state. 

// Example sending a request using CreateDBSnapshotRequest.
req := client.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshot

Example (Shared00)

To create a DB snapshot.

This example creates a DB snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CreateDBSnapshotInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		DBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("mydbsnapshot"),
	}

	req := svc.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest

CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. 

// Example sending a request using CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest.
req := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup

Example (Shared00)

To create a DB subnet group.

This example creates a DB subnet group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{
		DBSubnetGroupDescription: aws.String("My DB subnet group"),
		DBSubnetGroupName:        aws.String("mydbsubnetgroup"),
		SubnetIds: []string{
			"subnet-1fab8a69",
			"subnet-d43a468c",
		},
	}

	req := svc.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest

CreateEventSubscriptionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic Amazon Resource Name (ARN) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console, or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.

You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of, provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, Backup.

If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you are notified of all the db-instance events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify a SourceIdentifier, you receive notice of the events for that source type for all your RDS sources. If you don't specify either the SourceType or the SourceIdentifier, you are notified of events generated from all RDS sources belonging to your customer account.

RDS event notification is only available for unencrypted SNS topics. If you specify an encrypted SNS topic, event notifications aren't sent for the topic. 

// Example sending a request using CreateEventSubscriptionRequest.
req := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription

Example (Shared00)

To create an event notification subscription

This example creates an event notification subscription. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CreateEventSubscriptionInput{
		Enabled: aws.Bool(true),
		EventCategories: []string{
			"availability",
		},
		SnsTopicArn: aws.String("arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:992648334831:MyDemoSNSTopic"),
		SourceIds: []string{
			"mymysqlinstance",
		},
		SourceType:       aws.String("db-instance"),
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("mymysqleventsubscription"),
	}

	req := svc.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) CreateGlobalClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateGlobalClusterRequest(input *CreateGlobalClusterInput) CreateGlobalClusterRequest

CreateGlobalClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates an Aurora global database spread across multiple regions. The global database contains a single primary cluster with read-write capability, and a read-only secondary cluster that receives data from the primary cluster through high-speed replication performed by the Aurora storage subsystem.

You can create a global database that is initially empty, and then add a primary cluster and a secondary cluster to it. Or you can specify an existing Aurora cluster during the create operation, and this cluster becomes the primary cluster of the global database.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using CreateGlobalClusterRequest.
req := client.CreateGlobalClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateGlobalCluster

func (*Client) CreateOptionGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateOptionGroupRequest(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) CreateOptionGroupRequest

CreateOptionGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups. 

// Example sending a request using CreateOptionGroupRequest.
req := client.CreateOptionGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroup

Example (Shared00)

To create an option group

This example creates an option group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.CreateOptionGroupInput{
		EngineName:             aws.String("MySQL"),
		MajorEngineVersion:     aws.String("5.6"),
		OptionGroupDescription: aws.String("My MySQL 5.6 option group"),
		OptionGroupName:        aws.String("mymysqloptiongroup"),
	}

	req := svc.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest added in v0.15.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(input *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest

DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes a custom Availability Zone (AZ).

A custom AZ is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a VMware vSphere cluster.

For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html) 

// Example sending a request using DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest.
req := client.DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone

func (*Client) DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest

DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes a custom endpoint and removes it from an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest.
req := client.DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterEndpoint

func (*Client) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest

DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup

Example (Shared00)

To delete a DB cluster parameter group.

This example deletes the specified DB cluster parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("mydbclusterparametergroup"),
	}

	req := svc.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DeleteDBClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) DeleteDBClusterRequest

DeleteDBClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster are not deleted.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteDBClusterRequest.
req := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster

Example (Shared00)

To delete a DB cluster.

This example deletes the specified DB cluster. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DeleteDBClusterInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier: aws.String("mydbcluster"),
		SkipFinalSnapshot:   aws.Bool(true),
	}

	req := svc.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest

DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation is terminated.

The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest.
req := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot

Example (Shared00)

To delete a DB cluster snapshot.

This example deletes the specified DB cluster snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{
		DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("mydbclustersnapshot"),
	}

	req := svc.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest

DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes automated backups based on the source instance's DbiResourceId value or the restorable instance's resource ID. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest.
req := client.DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup

func (*Client) DeleteDBInstanceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) DeleteDBInstanceRequest

DeleteDBInstanceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted.

If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action can't be canceled or reverted once submitted.

When a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, incompatible-restore, or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when you skip creation of the final snapshot with the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter.

If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you can't delete the DB instance if both of the following conditions are true:

  • The DB cluster is a Read Replica of another Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

  • The DB instance is the only instance in the DB cluster.

To delete a DB instance in this case, first call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API action to promote the DB cluster so it's no longer a Read Replica. After the promotion completes, then call the DeleteDBInstance API action to delete the final instance in the DB cluster. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteDBInstanceRequest.
req := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance

Example (Shared00)

To delete a DB instance.

This example deletes the specified DB instance. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DeleteDBInstanceInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		SkipFinalSnapshot:    aws.Bool(true),
	}

	req := svc.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest

DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes a specified DB parameter group. The DB parameter group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB instances. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup

Example (Shared00)

To delete a DB parameter group

The following example deletes a DB parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{
		DBParameterGroupName: aws.String("mydbparamgroup3"),
	}

	req := svc.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DeleteDBProxyRequest added in v0.18.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDBProxyRequest(input *DeleteDBProxyInput) DeleteDBProxyRequest

DeleteDBProxyRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Deletes an existing proxy. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteDBProxyRequest.
req := client.DeleteDBProxyRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBProxy

func (*Client) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest

DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes a DB security group.

The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest.
req := client.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroup

Example (Shared00)

To delete a DB security group

The following example deletes a DB security group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput{
		DBSecurityGroupName: aws.String("mysecgroup"),
	}

	req := svc.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest

DeleteDBSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes a DB snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation is terminated.

The DB snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteDBSnapshotRequest.
req := client.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshot

Example (Shared00)

To delete a DB cluster snapshot.

This example deletes the specified DB snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DeleteDBSnapshotInput{
		DBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("mydbsnapshot"),
	}

	req := svc.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest

DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes a DB subnet group.

The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest.
req := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup

Example (Shared00)

To delete a DB subnet group.

This example deletes the specified DB subnetgroup. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{
		DBSubnetGroupName: aws.String("mydbsubnetgroup"),
	}

	req := svc.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest

DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes an RDS event notification subscription. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest.
req := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription

Example (Shared00)

To delete a DB event subscription.

This example deletes the specified DB event subscription. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("myeventsubscription"),
	}

	req := svc.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DeleteGlobalClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteGlobalClusterRequest(input *DeleteGlobalClusterInput) DeleteGlobalClusterRequest

DeleteGlobalClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes a global database cluster. The primary and secondary clusters must already be detached or destroyed first.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteGlobalClusterRequest.
req := client.DeleteGlobalClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteGlobalCluster

func (*Client) DeleteInstallationMediaRequest added in v0.15.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteInstallationMediaRequest(input *DeleteInstallationMediaInput) DeleteInstallationMediaRequest

DeleteInstallationMediaRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes the installation medium for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteInstallationMediaRequest.
req := client.DeleteInstallationMediaRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteInstallationMedia

func (*Client) DeleteOptionGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) DeleteOptionGroupRequest

DeleteOptionGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Deletes an existing option group. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteOptionGroupRequest.
req := client.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroup

Example (Shared00)

To delete an option group.

This example deletes the specified option group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DeleteOptionGroupInput{
		OptionGroupName: aws.String("mydboptiongroup"),
	}

	req := svc.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest added in v0.18.0 

func (c *Client) DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest

DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Remove the association between one or more DBProxyTarget data structures and a DBProxyTargetGroup. 

// Example sending a request using DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest.
req := client.DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeregisterDBProxyTargets

func (*Client) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest

DescribeAccountAttributesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed. The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward that quota, and the quota's maximum value.

This command doesn't take any parameters. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeAccountAttributesRequest.
req := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributes

Example (Shared00)

To list account attributes

This example lists account attributes. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeAccountAttributesInput{}

	req := svc.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeCertificatesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) DescribeCertificatesRequest

DescribeCertificatesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS account. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeCertificatesRequest.
req := client.DescribeCertificatesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificates

Example (Shared00)

To list certificates

This example lists up to 20 certificates for the specified certificate identifier. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeCertificatesInput{
		CertificateIdentifier: aws.String("rds-ca-2015"),
		MaxRecords:            aws.Int64(20),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest added in v0.15.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest(input *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest

DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns information about custom Availability Zones (AZs).

A custom AZ is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a VMware vSphere cluster.

For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html) 

// Example sending a request using DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest.
req := client.DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest

DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns information about backtracks for a DB cluster.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest

DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns information about endpoints for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterEndpoints

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest

DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified DB cluster parameter group.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups

Example (Shared00)

To list DB cluster parameter group settings

This example lists settings for the specified DB cluster parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("mydbclusterparametergroup"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest

DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter group.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters

Example (Shared00)

To list DB cluster parameters

This example lists system parameters for the specified DB cluster parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("mydbclusterparametergroup"),
		Source:                      aws.String("system"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest

DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB cluster snapshot.

When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts.

To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes

Example (Shared00)

To list DB cluster snapshot attributes

This example lists attributes for the specified DB cluster snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{
		DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("mydbclustersnapshot"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest

DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports pagination.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots

Example (Shared00)

To list DB cluster snapshots

This example lists settings for the specified, manually-created cluster snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{
		DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("mydbclustersnapshot"),
		SnapshotType:                aws.String("manual"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBClustersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) DescribeDBClustersRequest

DescribeDBClustersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API supports pagination.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This operation can also return information for Amazon Neptune DB instances and Amazon DocumentDB instances. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBClustersRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters

Example (Shared00)

To list DB clusters

This example lists settings for the specified DB cluster. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBClustersInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier: aws.String("mynewdbcluster"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest

DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns a list of the available DB engines. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions

Example (Shared00)

To list DB engine version settings

This example lists settings for the specified DB engine version. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{
		DBParameterGroupFamily:     aws.String("mysql5.6"),
		DefaultOnly:                aws.Bool(true),
		Engine:                     aws.String("mysql"),
		EngineVersion:              aws.String("5.6"),
		ListSupportedCharacterSets: aws.Bool(true),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest

DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Displays backups for both current and deleted instances. For example, use this operation to find details about automated backups for previously deleted instances. Current instances with retention periods greater than zero (0) are returned for both the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups and DescribeDBInstances operations.

All parameters are optional. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups

func (*Client) DescribeDBInstancesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) DescribeDBInstancesRequest

DescribeDBInstancesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination.

This operation can also return information for Amazon Neptune DB instances and Amazon DocumentDB instances. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBInstancesRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances

Example (Shared00)

To list DB instance settings

This example lists settings for the specified DB instance. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBInstancesInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest

DescribeDBLogFilesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBLogFilesRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFiles

Example (Shared00)

To list DB log file names

This example lists matching log file names for the specified DB instance, file name pattern, last write date in POSIX time with milleseconds, and minimum file size. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBLogFilesInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		FileLastWritten:      aws.Int64(1470873600000),
		FileSize:             aws.Int64(0),
		FilenameContains:     aws.String("error"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest

DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified DB parameter group. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups

Example (Shared00)

To list information about DB parameter groups

This example lists information about the specified DB parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{
		DBParameterGroupName: aws.String("mymysqlparametergroup"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBParametersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) DescribeDBParametersRequest

DescribeDBParametersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBParametersRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters

Example (Shared00)

To list information about DB parameters

This example lists information for up to the first 20 system parameters for the specified DB parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBParametersInput{
		DBParameterGroupName: aws.String("mymysqlparametergroup"),
		MaxRecords:           aws.Int64(20),
		Source:               aws.String("system"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBProxiesRequest added in v0.18.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBProxiesRequest(input *DescribeDBProxiesInput) DescribeDBProxiesRequest

DescribeDBProxiesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Returns information about DB proxies. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBProxiesRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBProxiesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxies

func (*Client) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest added in v0.18.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest

DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Returns information about DB proxy target groups, represented by DBProxyTargetGroup data structures. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups

func (*Client) DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest added in v0.18.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest

DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Returns information about DBProxyTarget objects. This API supports pagination. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyTargets

func (*Client) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest

DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DB security group. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroups

Example (Shared00)

To list DB security group settings

This example lists settings for the specified security group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput{
		DBSecurityGroupName: aws.String("mydbsecuritygroup"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest

DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB snapshot.

When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts.

To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes

Example (Shared00)

To list DB snapshot attributes

This example lists attributes for the specified DB snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput{
		DBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("mydbsnapshot"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest

DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns information about DB snapshots. This API action supports pagination. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshots

Example (Shared00)

To list DB snapshot attributes

This example lists all manually-created, shared snapshots for the specified DB instance. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBSnapshotsInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		IncludePublic:        aws.Bool(false),
		IncludeShared:        aws.Bool(true),
		SnapshotType:         aws.String("manual"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest

DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup.

For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest.
req := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups

Example (Shared00)

To list information about DB subnet groups

This example lists information about the specified DB subnet group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{
		DBSubnetGroupName: aws.String("mydbsubnetgroup"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest

DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster database engine.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest.
req := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters

Example (Shared00)

To list default parameters for a DB cluster engine

This example lists default parameters for the specified DB cluster engine. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{
		DBParameterGroupFamily: aws.String("aurora5.6"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest

DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified database engine. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest.
req := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters

Example (Shared00)

To list default parameters for a DB engine

This example lists default parameters for the specified DB engine. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{
		DBParameterGroupFamily: aws.String("mysql5.6"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest

DescribeEventCategoriesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and source types in the Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeEventCategoriesRequest.
req := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories

Example (Shared00)

To list event categories.

This example lists all DB instance event categories. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeEventCategoriesInput{
		SourceType: aws.String("db-instance"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest

DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType, SourceID, CreationTime, and Status.

If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest.
req := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions

Example (Shared00)

To list information about DB event notification subscriptions

This example lists information for the specified DB event notification subscription. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("mymysqleventsubscription"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeEventsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) DescribeEventsRequest

DescribeEventsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots, and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are returned. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeEventsRequest.
req := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents

Example (Shared00)

To list information about events

This example lists information for all backup-related events for the specified DB instance for the past 7 days (7 days * 24 hours * 60 minutes = 10,080 minutes). 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeEventsInput{
		Duration: aws.Int64(10080),
		EventCategories: []string{
			"backup",
		},
		SourceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		SourceType:       rds.SourceTypeDbInstance,
	}

	req := svc.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeExportTasksRequest added in v0.19.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeExportTasksRequest(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) DescribeExportTasksRequest

DescribeExportTasksRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns information about a snapshot export to Amazon S3. This API operation supports pagination. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeExportTasksRequest.
req := client.DescribeExportTasksRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeExportTasks

func (*Client) DescribeGlobalClustersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) DescribeGlobalClustersRequest

DescribeGlobalClustersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns information about Aurora global database clusters. This API supports pagination.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeGlobalClustersRequest.
req := client.DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeGlobalClusters

func (*Client) DescribeInstallationMediaRequest added in v0.15.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeInstallationMediaRequest(input *DescribeInstallationMediaInput) DescribeInstallationMediaRequest

DescribeInstallationMediaRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Describes the available installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeInstallationMediaRequest.
req := client.DescribeInstallationMediaRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeInstallationMedia

func (*Client) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest

DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Describes all available options. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest.
req := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptions

Example (Shared00)

To list information about DB option group options

This example lists information for all option group options for the specified DB engine. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput{
		EngineName:         aws.String("mysql"),
		MajorEngineVersion: aws.String("5.6"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest

DescribeOptionGroupsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Describes the available option groups. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeOptionGroupsRequest.
req := client.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroups

Example (Shared00)

To list information about DB option groups

This example lists information for all option groups for the specified DB engine. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeOptionGroupsInput{
		EngineName:         aws.String("mysql"),
		MajorEngineVersion: aws.String("5.6"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest

DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest.
req := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions

Example (Shared00)

To list information about orderable DB instance options

This example lists information for all orderable DB instance options for the specified DB engine, engine version, DB instance class, license model, and VPC settings. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{
		DBInstanceClass: aws.String("db.t2.micro"),
		Engine:          aws.String("mysql"),
		EngineVersion:   aws.String("5.6.27"),
		LicenseModel:    aws.String("general-public-license"),
		Vpc:             aws.Bool(true),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest

DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least one pending maintenance action. 

// Example sending a request using DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest.
req := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions

Example (Shared00)

To list information about pending maintenance actions

This example lists information for all pending maintenance actions for the specified DB instance. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{
		ResourceIdentifier: aws.String("arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:992648334831:db:mymysqlinstance"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest

DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Lists available reserved DB instance offerings. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest.
req := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings

Example (Shared00)

To list information about reserved DB instance offerings

This example lists information for all reserved DB instance offerings for the specified DB instance class, duration, product, offering type, and availability zone settings. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput{
		DBInstanceClass:    aws.String("db.t2.micro"),
		Duration:           aws.String("1y"),
		MultiAZ:            aws.Bool(false),
		OfferingType:       aws.String("No Upfront"),
		ProductDescription: aws.String("mysql"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest

DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about a specified reserved DB instance. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest.
req := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstances

Example (Shared00)

To list information about reserved DB instances

This example lists information for all reserved DB instances for the specified DB instance class, duration, product, offering type, and availability zone settings. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput{
		DBInstanceClass:    aws.String("db.t2.micro"),
		Duration:           aws.String("1y"),
		MultiAZ:            aws.Bool(false),
		OfferingType:       aws.String("No Upfront"),
		ProductDescription: aws.String("mysql"),
	}

	req := svc.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest

DescribeSourceRegionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Returns a list of the source AWS Regions where the current AWS Region can create a Read Replica or copy a DB snapshot from. This API action supports pagination. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeSourceRegionsRequest.
req := client.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegions

Example (Shared00)

To describe source regions

To list the AWS regions where a Read Replica can be created. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DescribeSourceRegionsInput{}

	req := svc.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest

DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

You can call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications to learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest.
req := client.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications

func (*Client) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest

DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size. 

// Example sending a request using DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest.
req := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortion

Example (Shared00)

To list information about DB log files

This example lists information for the specified log file for the specified DB instance. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		LogFileName:          aws.String("mysqlUpgrade"),
	}

	req := svc.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBLogFileNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBLogFileNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) FailoverDBClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) FailoverDBClusterRequest

FailoverDBClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Forces a failover for a DB cluster.

A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the Aurora Replicas (read-only instances) in the DB cluster to be the primary instance (the cluster writer).

Amazon Aurora will automatically fail over to an Aurora Replica, if one exists, when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you want to simulate a failure of a primary instance for testing. Because each instance in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when the failover is complete.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using FailoverDBClusterRequest.
req := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster

Example (Shared00)

To perform a failover for a DB cluster

This example performs a failover for the specified DB cluster to the specified DB instance. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.FailoverDBClusterInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier:        aws.String("myaurorainstance-cluster"),
		TargetDBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("myaurorareplica"),
	}

	req := svc.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ImportInstallationMediaRequest added in v0.15.0 

func (c *Client) ImportInstallationMediaRequest(input *ImportInstallationMediaInput) ImportInstallationMediaRequest

ImportInstallationMediaRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Imports the installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as SQL Server. 

// Example sending a request using ImportInstallationMediaRequest.
req := client.ImportInstallationMediaRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ImportInstallationMedia

func (*Client) ListTagsForResourceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) ListTagsForResourceRequest

ListTagsForResourceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource.

For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using ListTagsForResourceRequest.
req := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource

Example (Shared00)

To list information about tags associated with a resource

This example lists information about all tags associated with the specified DB option group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ListTagsForResourceInput{
		ResourceName: aws.String("arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:992648334831:og:mymysqloptiongroup"),
	}

	req := svc.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ModifyCertificatesRequest added in v0.19.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyCertificatesRequest(input *ModifyCertificatesInput) ModifyCertificatesRequest

ModifyCertificatesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Override the system-default Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security (SSL/TLS) certificate for Amazon RDS for new DB instances temporarily, or remove the override.

By using this operation, you can specify an RDS-approved SSL/TLS certificate for new DB instances that is different from the default certificate provided by RDS. You can also use this operation to remove the override, so that new DB instances use the default certificate provided by RDS.

You might need to override the default certificate in the following situations:

  • You already migrated your applications to support the latest certificate authority (CA) certificate, but the new CA certificate is not yet the RDS default CA certificate for the specified AWS Region.

  • RDS has already moved to a new default CA certificate for the specified AWS Region, but you are still in the process of supporting the new CA certificate. In this case, you temporarily need additional time to finish your application changes.

For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for RDS DB engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for Aurora DB engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyCertificatesRequest.
req := client.ModifyCertificatesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCertificates

func (*Client) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(input *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest

ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Set the capacity of an Aurora Serverless DB cluster to a specific value.

Aurora Serverless scales seamlessly based on the workload on the DB cluster. In some cases, the capacity might not scale fast enough to meet a sudden change in workload, such as a large number of new transactions. Call ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity to set the capacity explicitly.

After this call sets the DB cluster capacity, Aurora Serverless can automatically scale the DB cluster based on the cooldown period for scaling up and the cooldown period for scaling down.

For more information about Aurora Serverless, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

If you call ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity with the default TimeoutAction, connections that prevent Aurora Serverless from finding a scaling point might be dropped. For more information about scaling points, see Autoscaling for Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.how-it-works.html#aurora-serverless.how-it-works.auto-scaling) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest.
req := client.ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity

func (*Client) ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest

ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Modifies the properties of an endpoint in an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest.
req := client.ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterEndpoint

func (*Client) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest

ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated with the parameter group before the change can take effect.

After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters action to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or modified.

If the modified DB cluster parameter group is used by an Aurora Serverless cluster, Aurora applies the update immediately. The cluster restart might interrupt your workload. In that case, your application must reopen any connections and retry any transactions that were active when the parameter changes took effect.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup

Example (Shared00)

To change DB cluster parameter group settings

This example immediately changes the specified setting for the specified DB cluster parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("mydbclusterparametergroup"),
		Parameters: []rds.Parameter{
			{
				ApplyMethod:    rds.ApplyMethodImmediate,
				ParameterName:  aws.String("time_zone"),
				ParameterValue: aws.String("America/Phoenix"),
			},
		},
	}

	req := svc.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ModifyDBClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) ModifyDBClusterRequest

ModifyDBClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyDBClusterRequest.
req := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster

Example (Shared00)

To change DB cluster settings

This example changes the specified settings for the specified DB cluster. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ModifyDBClusterInput{
		ApplyImmediately:           aws.Bool(true),
		DBClusterIdentifier:        aws.String("mydbcluster"),
		MasterUserPassword:         aws.String("mynewpassword"),
		NewDBClusterIdentifier:     aws.String("mynewdbcluster"),
		PreferredBackupWindow:      aws.String("04:00-04:30"),
		PreferredMaintenanceWindow: aws.String("Tue:05:00-Tue:05:30"),
	}

	req := svc.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest

ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, a manual DB cluster snapshot.

To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public, which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If a manual DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter in this case.

To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest.
req := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute

Example (Shared00)

To add or remove access to a manual DB cluster snapshot

The following example gives two AWS accounts access to a manual DB cluster snapshot and ensures that the DB cluster snapshot is private by removing the value "all". 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{
		AttributeName:               aws.String("restore"),
		DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("manual-cluster-snapshot1"),
		ValuesToAdd: []string{
			"123451234512",
			"123456789012",
		},
		ValuesToRemove: []string{
			"all",
		},
	}

	req := svc.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ModifyDBInstanceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) ModifyDBInstanceRequest

ModifyDBInstanceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request. To learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance, call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications before you call ModifyDBInstance. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyDBInstanceRequest.
req := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance

Example (Shared00)

To change DB instance settings

This example immediately changes the specified settings for the specified DB instance. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ModifyDBInstanceInput{
		AllocatedStorage:           aws.Int64(10),
		ApplyImmediately:           aws.Bool(true),
		BackupRetentionPeriod:      aws.Int64(1),
		DBInstanceClass:            aws.String("db.t2.small"),
		DBInstanceIdentifier:       aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		MasterUserPassword:         aws.String("mynewpassword"),
		PreferredBackupWindow:      aws.String("04:00-04:30"),
		PreferredMaintenanceWindow: aws.String("Tue:05:00-Tue:05:30"),
	}

	req := svc.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest

ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.

Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated with the parameter group before the change can take effect.

After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has been created or modified. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup

Example (Shared00)

To change DB parameter group settings

This example immediately changes the specified setting for the specified DB parameter group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{
		DBParameterGroupName: aws.String("mymysqlparametergroup"),
		Parameters: []rds.Parameter{
			{
				ApplyMethod:    rds.ApplyMethodImmediate,
				ParameterName:  aws.String("time_zone"),
				ParameterValue: aws.String("America/Phoenix"),
			},
		},
	}

	req := svc.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ModifyDBProxyRequest added in v0.18.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyDBProxyRequest(input *ModifyDBProxyInput) ModifyDBProxyRequest

ModifyDBProxyRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Changes the settings for an existing DB proxy. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyDBProxyRequest.
req := client.ModifyDBProxyRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxy

func (*Client) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest added in v0.18.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest

ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Modifies the properties of a DBProxyTargetGroup. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest.
req := client.ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup

func (*Client) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest

ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, a manual DB snapshot.

To share a manual DB snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB snapshot. Uses the value all to make the manual DB snapshot public, which means it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not add the all value for any manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter in this case.

To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot, or whether a manual DB snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API action. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest.
req := client.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute

Example (Shared00)

To change DB snapshot attributes

This example adds the specified attribute for the specified DB snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput{
		AttributeName:        aws.String("restore"),
		DBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("mydbsnapshot"),
		ValuesToAdd: []string{
			"all",
		},
	}

	req := svc.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ModifyDBSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) ModifyDBSnapshotRequest

ModifyDBSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Updates a manual DB snapshot, which can be encrypted or not encrypted, with a new engine version.

Amazon RDS supports upgrading DB snapshots for MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyDBSnapshotRequest.
req := client.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshot

func (*Client) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest

ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest.
req := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup

Example (Shared00)

To change DB subnet group settings

This example changes the specified setting for the specified DB subnet group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{
		DBSubnetGroupName: aws.String("mydbsubnetgroup"),
		SubnetIds: []string{
			"subnet-70e1975a",
			"subnet-747a5c49",
		},
	}

	req := svc.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest

ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. You can't modify the source identifiers using this call. To change source identifiers for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription calls.

You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories action. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest.
req := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription

Example (Shared00)

To change event notification subscription settings

This example changes the specified setting for the specified event notification subscription. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{
		Enabled: aws.Bool(true),
		EventCategories: []string{
			"deletion",
			"low storage",
		},
		SourceType:       aws.String("db-instance"),
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("mymysqleventsubscription"),
	}

	req := svc.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ModifyGlobalClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyGlobalClusterRequest(input *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) ModifyGlobalClusterRequest

ModifyGlobalClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora global cluster. You can change one or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyGlobalClusterRequest.
req := client.ModifyGlobalClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyGlobalCluster

func (*Client) ModifyOptionGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) ModifyOptionGroupRequest

ModifyOptionGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Modifies an existing option group. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyOptionGroupRequest.
req := client.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroup

Example (Shared00)

To modify an option group

The following example adds an option to an option group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ModifyOptionGroupInput{
		ApplyImmediately: aws.Bool(true),
		OptionGroupName:  aws.String("myawsuser-og02"),
		OptionsToInclude: []rds.OptionConfiguration{
			{
				DBSecurityGroupMemberships: []string{
					"default",
				},
				OptionName: aws.String("MEMCACHED"),
			},
		},
	}

	req := svc.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest

PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Promotes a Read Replica DB cluster to a standalone DB cluster.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest.
req := client.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster

func (*Client) PromoteReadReplicaRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) PromoteReadReplicaRequest

PromoteReadReplicaRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Promotes a Read Replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance.

  • Backup duration is a function of the amount of changes to the database since the previous backup. If you plan to promote a Read Replica to a standalone instance, we recommend that you enable backups and complete at least one backup prior to promotion. In addition, a Read Replica cannot be promoted to a standalone instance when it is in the backing-up status. If you have enabled backups on your Read Replica, configure the automated backup window so that daily backups do not interfere with Read Replica promotion.

  • This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL.

    // Example sending a request using PromoteReadReplicaRequest. req := client.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplica

Example (Shared00)

To promote a read replica

This example promotes the specified read replica and sets its backup retention period and preferred backup window. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.PromoteReadReplicaInput{
		BackupRetentionPeriod: aws.Int64(1),
		DBInstanceIdentifier:  aws.String("mydbreadreplica"),
		PreferredBackupWindow: aws.String("03:30-04:00"),
	}

	req := svc.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest

PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Purchases a reserved DB instance offering. 

// Example sending a request using PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest.
req := client.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering

Example (Shared00)

To purchase a reserved DB instance offering

This example purchases a reserved DB instance offering that matches the specified settings. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput{
		ReservedDBInstanceId:          aws.String("myreservationid"),
		ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId: aws.String("fb29428a-646d-4390-850e-5fe89926e727"),
	}

	req := svc.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) RebootDBInstanceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) RebootDBInstanceRequest

RebootDBInstanceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

You might need to reboot your DB instance, usually for maintenance reasons. For example, if you make certain modifications, or if you change the DB parameter group associated with the DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the changes to take effect.

Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary outage, during which the DB instance status is set to rebooting.

For more information about rebooting, see Rebooting a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_RebootInstance.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using RebootDBInstanceRequest.
req := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance

Example (Shared00)

To reboot a DB instance

This example reboots the specified DB instance without forcing a failover. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.RebootDBInstanceInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		ForceFailover:        aws.Bool(false),
	}

	req := svc.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest added in v0.18.0 

func (c *Client) RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest

RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Associate one or more DBProxyTarget data structures with a DBProxyTargetGroup. 

// Example sending a request using RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest.
req := client.RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RegisterDBProxyTargets

func (*Client) RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest(input *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest

RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Detaches an Aurora secondary cluster from an Aurora global database cluster. The cluster becomes a standalone cluster with read-write capability instead of being read-only and receiving data from a primary cluster in a different region.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest.
req := client.RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveFromGlobalCluster

func (*Client) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest

RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Disassociates an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora MySQL to Access Other AWS Services on Your Behalf (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Integrating.Authorizing.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest.
req := client.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster

func (*Client) RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest

RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Disassociates an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from a DB instance. 

// Example sending a request using RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest.
req := client.RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBInstance

func (*Client) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest

RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription. 

// Example sending a request using RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest.
req := client.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription

Example (Shared00)

To remove a source identifier from a DB event subscription

This example removes the specified source identifier from the specified DB event subscription. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{
		SourceIdentifier: aws.String("mymysqlinstance"),
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("myeventsubscription"),
	}

	req := svc.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest

RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource.

For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest.
req := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource

Example (Shared00)

To remove tags from a resource

This example removes the specified tag associated with the specified DB option group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{
		ResourceName: aws.String("arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:992648334831:og:mydboptiongroup"),
		TagKeys: []string{
			"MyKey",
		},
	}

	req := svc.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest

ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters.

When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static parameter to apply to.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup

Example (Shared00)

To reset the values of a DB cluster parameter group

This example resets all parameters for the specified DB cluster parameter group to their default values. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("mydbclusterparametergroup"),
		ResetAllParameters:          aws.Bool(true),
	}

	req := svc.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest

ResetDBParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default value. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. 

// Example sending a request using ResetDBParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup

Example (Shared00)

To reset the values of a DB parameter group

This example resets all parameters for the specified DB parameter group to their default values. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.ResetDBParameterGroupInput{
		DBParameterGroupName: aws.String("mydbparametergroup"),
		ResetAllParameters:   aws.Bool(true),
	}

	req := svc.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request

RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from data stored in an Amazon S3 bucket. Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and the data must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described in Migrating Data to an Amazon Aurora MySQL DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Migrating.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request.
req := client.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3

func (*Client) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest

RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.

If a DB snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from the source DB snapshot with a default configuration and default security group.

If a DB cluster snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration as the original source DB cluster. If you don't specify a security group, the new DB cluster is associated with the default security group.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest.
req := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot

Example (Shared00)

To restore an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from a DB cluster snapshot

The following example restores an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from a DB cluster snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier: aws.String("restored-cluster1"),
		Engine:              aws.String("aurora"),
		SnapshotIdentifier:  aws.String("sample-cluster-snapshot1"),
	}

	req := svc.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest

RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default DB security group.

This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime action has completed and the DB cluster is available.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest.
req := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime

Example (Shared00)

To restore a DB cluster to a point in time.

The following example restores a DB cluster to a new DB cluster at a point in time from the source DB cluster. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"
	"time"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func parseTime(layout, value string) time.Time {
	t, err := time.Parse(layout, value)
	if err != nil {
		panic(err)
	}
	return t
}

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier:       aws.String("sample-restored-cluster1"),
		RestoreToTime:             aws.Time(parseTime("2006-01-02T15:04:05Z", "2016-09-13T18:45:00Z")),
		SourceDBClusterIdentifier: aws.String("sample-cluster1"),
	}

	req := svc.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest

RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment and not a single-AZ deployment.

If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. RDS doesn't allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is that you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from the snapshot.

If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.

This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora, use RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot. 

// Example sending a request using RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest.
req := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot

Example (Shared00)

To restore a DB instance from a DB snapshot.

The following example restores a DB instance from a DB snapshot. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mysqldb-restored"),
		DBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("rds:mysqldb-2014-04-22-08-15"),
	}

	req := svc.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request

RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) supports importing MySQL databases by using backup files. You can create a backup of your on-premises database, store it on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and then restore the backup file onto a new Amazon RDS DB instance running MySQL. For more information, see Importing Data into an Amazon RDS MySQL DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/MySQL.Procedural.Importing.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request.
req := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3

func (*Client) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest

RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by the BackupRetentionPeriod property.

The target database is created with most of the original configuration, but in a system-selected Availability Zone, with the default security group, the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment and not a single-AZ deployment.

This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora, use RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime. 

// Example sending a request using RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest.
req := client.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime

Example (Shared00)

To restore a DB instance to a point in time.

The following example restores a DB instance to a new DB instance at a point in time from the source DB instance. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"
	"time"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func parseTime(layout, value string) time.Time {
	t, err := time.Parse(layout, value)
	if err != nil {
		panic(err)
	}
	return t
}

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput{
		RestoreTime:                aws.Time(parseTime("2006-01-02T15:04:05Z", "2016-09-13T18:45:00Z")),
		SourceDBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mysql-sample"),
		TargetDBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("mysql-sample-restored"),
	}

	req := svc.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodePointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodePointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidSubnet, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest

RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId). 

// Example sending a request using RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest.
req := client.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress

Example (Shared00)

To revoke ingress for a DB security group

This example revokes ingress for the specified CIDR block associated with the specified DB security group. 

package main

import (
	"context"
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/awserr"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/external"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	cfg, err := external.LoadDefaultAWSConfig()
	if err != nil {
		panic("failed to load config, " + err.Error())
	}

	svc := rds.New(cfg)
	input := &rds.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{
		CIDRIP:              aws.String("203.0.113.5/32"),
		DBSecurityGroupName: aws.String("mydbsecuritygroup"),
	}

	req := svc.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
	result, err := req.Send(context.Background())
	if err != nil {
		if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
			switch aerr.Code() {
			case rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault, aerr.Error())
			case rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault:
				fmt.Println(rds.ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault, aerr.Error())
			default:
				fmt.Println(aerr.Error())
			}
		} else {
			// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
			// Message from an error.
			fmt.Println(err.Error())
		}
		return
	}

	fmt.Println(result)
}

Output:

func (*Client) StartActivityStreamRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) StartActivityStreamRequest(input *StartActivityStreamInput) StartActivityStreamRequest

StartActivityStreamRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Starts a database activity stream to monitor activity on the database. For more information, see Database Activity Streams (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/DBActivityStreams.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using StartActivityStreamRequest.
req := client.StartActivityStreamRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartActivityStream

func (*Client) StartDBClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) StartDBClusterRequest(input *StartDBClusterInput) StartDBClusterRequest

StartDBClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Starts an Amazon Aurora DB cluster that was stopped using the AWS console, the stop-db-cluster AWS CLI command, or the StopDBCluster action.

For more information, see Stopping and Starting an Aurora Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-cluster-stop-start.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using StartDBClusterRequest.
req := client.StartDBClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBCluster

func (*Client) StartDBInstanceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) StartDBInstanceRequest(input *StartDBInstanceInput) StartDBInstanceRequest

StartDBInstanceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Starts an Amazon RDS DB instance that was stopped using the AWS console, the stop-db-instance AWS CLI command, or the StopDBInstance action.

For more information, see Starting an Amazon RDS DB instance That Was Previously Stopped (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_StartInstance.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora DB clusters, use StartDBCluster instead. 

// Example sending a request using StartDBInstanceRequest.
req := client.StartDBInstanceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstance

func (*Client) StartExportTaskRequest added in v0.19.0 

func (c *Client) StartExportTaskRequest(input *StartExportTaskInput) StartExportTaskRequest

StartExportTaskRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Starts an export of a snapshot to Amazon S3. The provided IAM role must have access to the S3 bucket. 

// Example sending a request using StartExportTaskRequest.
req := client.StartExportTaskRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartExportTask

func (*Client) StopActivityStreamRequest added in v0.10.0 

func (c *Client) StopActivityStreamRequest(input *StopActivityStreamInput) StopActivityStreamRequest

StopActivityStreamRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Stops a database activity stream that was started using the AWS console, the start-activity-stream AWS CLI command, or the StartActivityStream action.

For more information, see Database Activity Streams (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/DBActivityStreams.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 

// Example sending a request using StopActivityStreamRequest.
req := client.StopActivityStreamRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopActivityStream

func (*Client) StopDBClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) StopDBClusterRequest(input *StopDBClusterInput) StopDBClusterRequest

StopDBClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Stops an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. When you stop a DB cluster, Aurora retains the DB cluster's metadata, including its endpoints and DB parameter groups. Aurora also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore if necessary.

For more information, see Stopping and Starting an Aurora Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-cluster-stop-start.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 

// Example sending a request using StopDBClusterRequest.
req := client.StopDBClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBCluster

func (*Client) StopDBInstanceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) StopDBInstanceRequest(input *StopDBInstanceInput) StopDBInstanceRequest

StopDBInstanceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Stops an Amazon RDS DB instance. When you stop a DB instance, Amazon RDS retains the DB instance's metadata, including its endpoint, DB parameter group, and option group membership. Amazon RDS also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore if necessary.

For more information, see Stopping an Amazon RDS DB Instance Temporarily (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_StopInstance.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora clusters, use StopDBCluster instead. 

// Example sending a request using StopDBInstanceRequest.
req := client.StopDBInstanceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstance

func (*Client) WaitUntilDBClusterSnapshotAvailable added in v0.13.0 

func (c *Client) WaitUntilDBClusterSnapshotAvailable(ctx context.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...aws.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilDBClusterSnapshotAvailable uses the Amazon RDS API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Client) WaitUntilDBClusterSnapshotDeleted added in v0.13.0 

func (c *Client) WaitUntilDBClusterSnapshotDeleted(ctx context.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...aws.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilDBClusterSnapshotDeleted uses the Amazon RDS API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Client) WaitUntilDBInstanceAvailable added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) WaitUntilDBInstanceAvailable(ctx context.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, opts ...aws.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilDBInstanceAvailable uses the Amazon RDS API operation DescribeDBInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Client) WaitUntilDBInstanceDeleted added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) WaitUntilDBInstanceDeleted(ctx context.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, opts ...aws.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilDBInstanceDeleted uses the Amazon RDS API operation DescribeDBInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Client) WaitUntilDBSnapshotAvailable added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) WaitUntilDBSnapshotAvailable(ctx context.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, opts ...aws.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilDBSnapshotAvailable uses the Amazon RDS API operation DescribeDBSnapshots to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Client) WaitUntilDBSnapshotDeleted added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) WaitUntilDBSnapshotDeleted(ctx context.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, opts ...aws.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilDBSnapshotDeleted uses the Amazon RDS API operation DescribeDBSnapshots to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

type CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration added in v0.3.0 

type CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration struct {

	// The list of log types to disable.
	DisableLogTypes []string `type:"list"`

	// The list of log types to enable.
	EnableLogTypes []string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster.

The EnableLogTypes and DisableLogTypes arrays determine which logs will be exported (or not exported) to CloudWatch Logs. The values within these arrays depend on the DB engine being used. For more information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

func (CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) String added in v0.3.0 

func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ConnectionPoolConfiguration added in v0.18.0 

type ConnectionPoolConfiguration struct {

	// The number of seconds for a proxy to wait for a connection to become available
	// in the connection pool. Only applies when the proxy has opened its maximum
	// number of connections and all connections are busy with client sessions.
	//
	// Default: 120
	//
	// Constraints: between 1 and 3600, or 0 representing unlimited
	ConnectionBorrowTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// One or more SQL statements for the proxy to run when opening each new database
	// connection. Typically used with SET statements to make sure that each connection
	// has identical settings such as time zone and character set. For multiple
	// statements, use semicolons as the separator. You can also include multiple
	// variables in a single SET statement, such as SET x=1, y=2.
	//
	// Default: no initialization query
	InitQuery *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum size of the connection pool for each target in a target group.
	// For Aurora MySQL, it is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections
	// setting for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: between 1 and 100
	MaxConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Controls how actively the proxy closes idle database connections in the connection
	// pool. A high value enables the proxy to leave a high percentage of idle connections
	// open. A low value causes the proxy to close idle client connections and return
	// the underlying database connections to the connection pool. For Aurora MySQL,
	// it is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections setting for the RDS
	// DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group.
	//
	// Default: 50
	//
	// Constraints: between 0 and MaxConnectionsPercent
	MaxIdleConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Each item in the list represents a class of SQL operations that normally
	// cause all later statements in a session using a proxy to be pinned to the
	// same underlying database connection. Including an item in the list exempts
	// that class of SQL operations from the pinning behavior.
	//
	// Default: no session pinning filters
	SessionPinningFilters []string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Specifies the settings that control the size and behavior of the connection pool associated with a DBProxyTargetGroup.

func (ConnectionPoolConfiguration) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s ConnectionPoolConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo added in v0.18.0 

type ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo struct {

	// The number of seconds for a proxy to wait for a connection to become available
	// in the connection pool. Only applies when the proxy has opened its maximum
	// number of connections and all connections are busy with client sessions.
	ConnectionBorrowTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// One or more SQL statements for the proxy to run when opening each new database
	// connection. Typically used with SET statements to make sure that each connection
	// has identical settings such as time zone and character set. This setting
	// is empty by default. For multiple statements, use semicolons as the separator.
	// You can also include multiple variables in a single SET statement, such as
	// SET x=1, y=2.
	InitQuery *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum size of the connection pool for each target in a target group.
	// For Aurora MySQL, it is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections
	// setting for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group.
	MaxConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Controls how actively the proxy closes idle database connections in the connection
	// pool. A high value enables the proxy to leave a high percentage of idle connections
	// open. A low value causes the proxy to close idle client connections and return
	// the underlying database connections to the connection pool. For Aurora MySQL,
	// it is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections setting for the RDS
	// DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group.
	MaxIdleConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Each item in the list represents a class of SQL operations that normally
	// cause all later statements in a session using a proxy to be pinned to the
	// same underlying database connection. Including an item in the list exempts
	// that class of SQL operations from the pinning behavior. Currently, the only
	// allowed value is EXCLUDE_VARIABLE_SETS.
	SessionPinningFilters []string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Displays the settings that control the size and behavior of the connection pool associated with a DBProxyTarget.

func (ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput 

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter
	// group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an ARN for
	// Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//    * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same AWS Region as
	//    the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group,
	//    or a valid ARN.
	//
	//    * If the source DB parameter group is in a different AWS Region than the
	//    copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1.
	//
	// SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
	SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription is a required field
	TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Can't be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-cluster-param-group1
	//
	// TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
	TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// action.
	DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String 

func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest 

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest
}

CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API request.

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup request.

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput 

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the source DB cluster
	// snapshot to the target DB cluster snapshot. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
	DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key ID is
	// the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias
	// for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can
	// specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption
	// key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster
	// snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot.
	//
	// If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another
	// AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId.
	//
	// To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must
	// set KmsKeyId to the KMS key ID you want to use to encrypt the copy of the
	// DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are
	// specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption
	// keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.
	//
	// If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the
	// KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot
	// API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot
	// to copy. The PreSignedUrl parameter must be used when copying an encrypted
	// DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. Don't specify PreSignedUrl when
	// you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot in the same AWS Region.
	//
	// The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSClusterSnapshot
	// API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the
	// encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must
	// contain the following parameter values:
	//
	//    * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt
	//    the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This
	//    is the same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that
	//    is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the
	//    pre-signed URL.
	//
	//    * DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot
	//    is to be created in.
	//
	//    * SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier
	//    for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must
	//    be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region.
	//    For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from
	//    the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
	//    looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115.
	//
	// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
	// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
	// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
	//
	// If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion
	// (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually.
	// Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request
	// for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.
	PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one AWS Region
	// to another.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state.
	//
	//    * If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify
	//    a valid DB snapshot identifier.
	//
	//    * If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify
	//    a valid DB cluster snapshot ARN. For more information, go to Copying Snapshots
	//    Across AWS Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopySnapshot.AcrossRegions)
	//    in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster-snapshot1
	//
	// SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
	// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
	// have the same region as the source ARN.
	SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB
	// cluster snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster-snapshot2
	//
	// TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String 

func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput 

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest 

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest
}

CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest is the request type for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API request.

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse struct {
	*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse is the response type for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot request.

type CopyDBParameterGroupInput 

type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information
	// about creating an ARN, see Constructing an ARN for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must specify a valid DB parameter group.
	//
	//    * Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-param-group,
	//    or a valid ARN.
	//
	// SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
	SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A description for the copied DB parameter group.
	//
	// TargetDBParameterGroupDescription is a required field
	TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the copied DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Can't be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-db-parameter-group
	//
	// TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
	TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput 

type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups
	// action.
	DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String 

func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyDBParameterGroupRequest 

type CopyDBParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*CopyDBParameterGroupInput) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest
}

CopyDBParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the CopyDBParameterGroup API operation.

func (CopyDBParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r CopyDBParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CopyDBParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CopyDBParameterGroup API request.

type CopyDBParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CopyDBParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CopyDBParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the CopyDBParameterGroup API operation.

func (*CopyDBParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CopyDBParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CopyDBParameterGroup request.

type CopyDBSnapshotInput 

type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot
	// to the target DB snapshot. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
	DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS
	// encryption key.
	//
	// If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify
	// a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption
	// key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the
	// DB snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot.
	//
	// If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account,
	// then you must specify a value for this parameter.
	//
	// If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the
	// copy is encrypted.
	//
	// If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region, then you must
	// specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are
	// specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption
	// keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot.
	//
	// Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one AWS Region to
	// another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If your source
	// DB instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft SQL
	// Server, you must specify this option when copying across AWS Regions. For
	// more information, see Option Group Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopySnapshot.Options)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBSnapshot
	// API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB snapshot
	// to copy.
	//
	// You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from
	// another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. Don't specify PreSignedUrl
	// when you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot in the same AWS Region.
	//
	// The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSnapshot API action
	// that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted
	// DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must contain the following
	// parameter values:
	//
	//    * DestinationRegion - The AWS Region that the encrypted DB snapshot is
	//    copied to. This AWS Region is the same one where the CopyDBSnapshot action
	//    is called that contains this presigned URL. For example, if you copy an
	//    encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region to the us-east-1 AWS
	//    Region, then you call the CopyDBSnapshot action in the us-east-1 AWS Region
	//    and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the CopyDBSnapshot
	//    action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this example, the DestinationRegion
	//    in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 AWS Region.
	//
	//    * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt
	//    the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the
	//    same identifier for both the CopyDBSnapshot action that is called in the
	//    destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL.
	//
	//    * SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier - The DB snapshot identifier for the encrypted
	//    snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource
	//    Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying
	//    an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier
	//    looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20161115.
	//
	// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
	// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
	// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
	//
	// If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion
	// (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually.
	// Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request
	// for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.
	PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the source DB snapshot.
	//
	// If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid
	// DB snapshot identifier. For example, you might specify rds:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805.
	//
	// If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify
	// a valid DB snapshot ARN. For example, you might specify arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805.
	//
	// If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this parameter must
	// be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB snapshot.
	//
	// If you are copying an encrypted snapshot this parameter must be in the ARN
	// format for the source AWS Region, and must match the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier
	// in the PreSignedUrl parameter.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state.
	//
	// Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01
	//
	// Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805
	//
	// SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
	// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
	// have the same region as the source ARN.
	SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The identifier for the copy of the snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Can't be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-db-snapshot
	//
	// TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBSnapshotInput) String 

func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyDBSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyDBSnapshotOutput 

type CopyDBSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
	DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyDBSnapshotRequest 

type CopyDBSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CopyDBSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*CopyDBSnapshotInput) CopyDBSnapshotRequest
}

CopyDBSnapshotRequest is the request type for the CopyDBSnapshot API operation.

func (CopyDBSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r CopyDBSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CopyDBSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CopyDBSnapshot API request.

type CopyDBSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CopyDBSnapshotResponse struct {
	*CopyDBSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CopyDBSnapshotResponse is the response type for the CopyDBSnapshot API operation.

func (*CopyDBSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CopyDBSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CopyDBSnapshot request.

type CopyOptionGroupInput 

type CopyOptionGroupInput struct {

	// The identifier or ARN for the source option group. For information about
	// creating an ARN, see Constructing an ARN for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must specify a valid option group.
	//
	//    * If the source option group is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify
	//    a valid option group identifier, for example my-option-group, or a valid
	//    ARN.
	//
	//    * If the source option group is in a different AWS Region than the copy,
	//    specify a valid option group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options.
	//
	// SourceOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field
	SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The description for the copied option group.
	//
	// TargetOptionGroupDescription is a required field
	TargetOptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the copied option group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Can't be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-option-group
	//
	// TargetOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field
	TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyOptionGroupInput) String 

func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyOptionGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyOptionGroupOutput 

type CopyOptionGroupOutput struct {
	OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyOptionGroupOutput) String 

func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyOptionGroupRequest 

type CopyOptionGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CopyOptionGroupInput
	Copy  func(*CopyOptionGroupInput) CopyOptionGroupRequest
}

CopyOptionGroupRequest is the request type for the CopyOptionGroup API operation.

func (CopyOptionGroupRequest) Send 

func (r CopyOptionGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CopyOptionGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CopyOptionGroup API request.

type CopyOptionGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CopyOptionGroupResponse struct {
	*CopyOptionGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CopyOptionGroupResponse is the response type for the CopyOptionGroup API operation.

func (*CopyOptionGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CopyOptionGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CopyOptionGroup request.

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput added in v0.15.0 

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput struct {

	// The name of the custom Availability Zone (AZ).
	//
	// CustomAvailabilityZoneName is a required field
	CustomAvailabilityZoneName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of an existing virtual private network (VPN) between the Amazon RDS
	// website and the VMware vSphere cluster.
	ExistingVpnId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of a new VPN tunnel between the Amazon RDS website and the VMware
	// vSphere cluster.
	//
	// Specify this parameter only if ExistingVpnId isn't specified.
	NewVpnTunnelName *string `type:"string"`

	// The IP address of network traffic from your on-premises data center. A custom
	// AZ receives the network traffic.
	//
	// Specify this parameter only if ExistingVpnId isn't specified.
	VpnTunnelOriginatorIP *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) Validate added in v0.15.0 

func (s *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput added in v0.15.0 

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput struct {

	// A custom Availability Zone (AZ) is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with
	// a VMware vSphere cluster.
	//
	// For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide.
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html)
	CustomAvailabilityZone *CustomAvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest added in v0.15.0 

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput
	Copy  func(*CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest
}

CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest is the request type for the CreateCustomAvailabilityZone API operation.

func (CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest) Send added in v0.15.0 

func (r CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateCustomAvailabilityZone API request.

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse added in v0.15.0 

type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse struct {
	*CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse is the response type for the CreateCustomAvailabilityZone API operation.

func (*CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.15.0 

func (r *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateCustomAvailabilityZone request.

type CreateDBClusterEndpointInput added in v0.6.0 

type CreateDBClusterEndpointInput struct {

	// The identifier to use for the new endpoint. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	//
	// DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
	// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
	//
	// EndpointType is a required field
	EndpointType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
	// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
	// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
	ExcludedMembers []string `type:"list"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
	StaticMembers []string `type:"list"`

	// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput added in v0.9.0 

type CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput struct {

	// The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
	CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as
	// a lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same
	// for the whole life of the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
	// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The DNS address of the endpoint.
	Endpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM.
	EndpointType *string `type:"string"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
	// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
	// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
	ExcludedMembers []string `type:"list"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
	StaticMembers []string `type:"list"`

	// The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting,
	// modifying.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

  • CreateDBClusterEndpoint

  • DescribeDBClusterEndpoints

  • ModifyDBClusterEndpoint

  • DeleteDBClusterEndpoint

For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, see Endpoint.

func (CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest added in v0.6.0 

type CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput
	Copy  func(*CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest
}

CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest is the request type for the CreateDBClusterEndpoint API operation.

func (CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDBClusterEndpointResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateDBClusterEndpoint API request.

type CreateDBClusterEndpointResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateDBClusterEndpointResponse struct {
	*CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateDBClusterEndpointResponse is the response type for the CreateDBClusterEndpoint API operation.

func (*CreateDBClusterEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateDBClusterEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDBClusterEndpoint request.

type CreateDBClusterInput 

type CreateDBClusterInput struct {

	// A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster can
	// be created. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Choosing
	// the Regions and Availability Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	AvailabilityZones []string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this
	// value to 0.
	//
	// Default: 0
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72
	//    hours).
	BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified CharacterSet.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots
	// of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster1
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster.
	// If you do not specify a value, then the default DB cluster parameter group
	// for the specified DB engine and version is used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter
	//    group.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be
	// default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name for your database of up to 64 alphanumeric characters. If you do
	// not provide a name, Amazon RDS doesn't create a database in the DB cluster
	// you are creating.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
	DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`

	// The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB cluster in.
	//
	// For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication
	// to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster. For more information,
	// see Using Kerberos Authentication for Aurora MySQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurmysql-kerberos.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch
	// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more
	// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []string `type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora
	// Serverless DB cluster. By default, the HTTP endpoint is disabled.
	//
	// When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API
	// for running SQL queries on the Aurora Serverless DB cluster. You can also
	// query your database from inside the RDS console with the query editor.
	//
	// For more information, see Using the Data API for Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableHttpEndpoint *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	//
	// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
	//
	// Valid Values: aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora), aurora-mysql (for
	// MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora), and aurora-postgresql
	//
	// Engine is a required field
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned, serverless, parallelquery,
	// global, or multimaster.
	//
	// Limitations and requirements apply to some DB engine modes. For more information,
	// see the following sections in the Amazon Aurora User Guide:
	//
	//    * Limitations of Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html#aurora-serverless.limitations)
	//
	//    * Limitations of Parallel Query (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-mysql-parallel-query.html#aurora-mysql-parallel-query-limitations)
	//
	//    * Requirements for Aurora Global Databases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-global-database.html#aurora-global-database.limitations)
	//
	//    * Limitations of Multi-Master Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-multi-master.html#aurora-multi-master-limitations)
	EngineMode *string `type:"string"`

	// The version number of the database engine to use.
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible
	// Aurora), use the following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-mysql (for MySQL
	// 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-postgresql, use the
	// following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	//
	// Aurora MySQL
	//
	// Example: 5.6.10a, 5.6.mysql_aurora.1.19.2, 5.7.12, 5.7.mysql_aurora.2.04.5
	//
	// Aurora PostgreSQL
	//
	// Example: 9.6.3, 10.7
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The global cluster ID of an Aurora cluster that becomes the primary cluster
	// in the new global database cluster.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If an encryption key isn't specified in KmsKeyId:
	//
	//    * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then
	//    Amazon RDS will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise,
	//    Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key.
	//
	//    * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled and ReplicationSourceIdentifier
	//    isn't specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key.
	//
	// AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS
	// account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
	//
	// If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region,
	// you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS
	// Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
	// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the master user for the DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified option group.
	//
	// Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group
	// can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections.
	//
	// Default: 3306 if engine is set as aurora or 5432 if set to aurora-postgresql.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBCluster
	// action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster is replicated
	// from. You only need to specify PreSignedUrl when you are performing cross-region
	// replication from an encrypted DB cluster.
	//
	// The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBCluster API action
	// that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted
	// DB cluster to be copied.
	//
	// The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values:
	//
	//    * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt
	//    the copy of the DB cluster in the destination AWS Region. This should
	//    refer to the same KMS key for both the CreateDBCluster action that is
	//    called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the
	//    pre-signed URL.
	//
	//    * DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that Aurora Read Replica
	//    will be created in.
	//
	//    * ReplicationSourceIdentifier - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted
	//    DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource
	//    Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying
	//    an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your ReplicationSourceIdentifier
	//    would look like Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1.
	//
	// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
	// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
	// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
	//
	// If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion
	// (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually.
	// Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request
	// for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.
	PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
	// of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting
	// the Preferred DB Cluster Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//    * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//    * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//    * Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
	// of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see
	// the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred DB Cluster Maintenance
	// Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if
	// this DB cluster is created as a Read Replica.
	ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the
	// DB cluster.
	ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
	// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
	// have the same region as the source ARN.
	SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Tags to assign to the DB cluster.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterInput) String 

func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBClusterInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBClusterOutput 

type CreateDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster,
	// and StartDBCluster actions.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterOutput) String 

func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput 

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group
	// can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family,
	// and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine
	// version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family.
	//
	// Aurora MySQL
	//
	// Example: aurora5.6, aurora-mysql5.7
	//
	// Aurora PostgreSQL
	//
	// Example: aurora-postgresql9.6
	//
	// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The description for the DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Tags to assign to the DB cluster parameter group.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// action.
	DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String 

func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest 

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest
}

CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API request.

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup request.

type CreateDBClusterRequest 

type CreateDBClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateDBClusterInput
	Copy  func(*CreateDBClusterInput) CreateDBClusterRequest
}

CreateDBClusterRequest is the request type for the CreateDBCluster API operation.

func (CreateDBClusterRequest) Send 

func (r CreateDBClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDBClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateDBCluster API request.

type CreateDBClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateDBClusterResponse struct {
	*CreateDBClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateDBClusterResponse is the response type for the CreateDBCluster API operation.

func (*CreateDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDBCluster request.

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput 

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster1
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1
	//
	// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String 

func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput 

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest 

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest
}

CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest is the request type for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateDBClusterSnapshot API request.

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse struct {
	*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse is the response type for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot request.

type CreateDBInstanceInput 

type CreateDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount of
	// data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space
	// that you use in an Aurora cluster volume.
	//
	// MySQL
	//
	// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
	//
	//    * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 65536.
	//
	//    * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536.
	//
	//    * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072.
	//
	// MariaDB
	//
	// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
	//
	//    * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 65536.
	//
	//    * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536.
	//
	//    * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072.
	//
	// PostgreSQL
	//
	// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
	//
	//    * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 65536.
	//
	//    * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536.
	//
	//    * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072.
	//
	// Oracle
	//
	// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
	//
	//    * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 65536.
	//
	//    * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536.
	//
	//    * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072.
	//
	// SQL Server
	//
	// Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following:
	//
	//    * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Enterprise and Standard editions:
	//    Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. Web and Express editions: Must be
	//    an integer from 20 to 16384.
	//
	//    * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Enterprise and Standard editions: Must
	//    be an integer from 200 to 16384. Web and Express editions: Must be an
	//    integer from 100 to 16384.
	//
	//    * Magnetic storage (standard): Enterprise and Standard editions: Must
	//    be an integer from 200 to 1024. Web and Express editions: Must be an integer
	//    from 20 to 1024.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the DB instance during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine
	// upgrades are applied automatically.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the database will be created. For information
	// on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS
	// Region.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1d
	//
	// Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the DB instance
	// is a Multi-AZ deployment. The specified Availability Zone must be in the
	// same AWS Region as the current endpoint.
	//
	// If you're creating a DB instance in an RDS on VMware environment, specify
	// the identifier of the custom Availability Zone to create the DB instance
	// in.
	//
	// For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide.
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html)
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
	// parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to
	// 0 disables automated backups.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by
	// the DB cluster.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be a value from 0 to 35
	//
	//    * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated
	// with the specified CharacterSet.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The character set is managed by the DB cluster. For more
	// information, see CreateDBCluster.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether to copy tags from the DB instance to snapshots
	// of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. Copying tags to snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting
	// this value for an Aurora DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large.
	// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all
	// database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability
	// for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// DBInstanceClass is a required field
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example: mydbinstance
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you
	// use.
	//
	// MySQL
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
	// parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	//
	// MariaDB
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
	// parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	//
	// PostgreSQL
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
	// parameter isn't specified, the default "postgres" database is created in
	// the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores.
	//
	//    * Must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can
	//    be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9).
	//
	//    * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	//
	// Oracle
	//
	// The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. If you specify null,
	// the default value ORCL is used. You can't specify the string NULL, or any
	// other reserved word, for DBName.
	//
	// Default: ORCL
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Can't be longer than 8 characters
	//
	// SQL Server
	//
	// Not applicable. Must be null.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the primary instance of the DB cluster
	// is created. If this parameter isn't specified, no database is created in
	// the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If
	// you do not specify a value, then the default DB parameter group for the specified
	// DB engine and version is used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// Default: The default DB security group for the database engine.
	DBSecurityGroups []string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB
	// Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. You can enable or disable deletion protection for the DB
	// cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. DB instances in a DB
	// cluster can be deleted even when deletion protection is enabled for the DB
	// cluster.
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB instance in. Currently,
	// only Microsoft SQL Server and Oracle DB instances can be created in an Active
	// Directory Domain.
	//
	// For Microsoft SQL Server DB instances, Amazon RDS can use Windows Authentication
	// to authenticate users that connect to the DB instance. For more information,
	// see Using Windows Authentication with an Amazon RDS DB Instance Running Microsoft
	// SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_SQLServerWinAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// For Oracle DB instance, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication to authenticate
	// users that connect to the DB instance. For more information, see Using Kerberos
	// Authentication with Amazon RDS for Oracle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-kerberos.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch
	// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more
	// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []string `type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	//
	// You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines:
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed
	// by the DB cluster.
	//
	// MySQL
	//
	//    * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher
	//
	//    * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher
	//
	//    * For MySQL 8.0, minor version 8.0.16 or higher
	//
	// PostgreSQL
	//
	//    * For PostgreSQL 9.5, minor version 9.5.15 or higher
	//
	//    * For PostgreSQL 9.6, minor version 9.6.11 or higher
	//
	//    * PostgreSQL 10.6, 10.7, and 10.9
	//
	// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB
	// instance.
	//
	// For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
	// in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide.
	EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.
	//
	// Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region.
	//
	// Valid Values:
	//
	//    * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora)
	//
	//    * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora)
	//
	//    * aurora-postgresql
	//
	//    * mariadb
	//
	//    * mysql
	//
	//    * oracle-ee
	//
	//    * oracle-se2
	//
	//    * oracle-se1
	//
	//    * oracle-se
	//
	//    * postgres
	//
	//    * sqlserver-ee
	//
	//    * sqlserver-se
	//
	//    * sqlserver-ex
	//
	//    * sqlserver-web
	//
	// Engine is a required field
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version number of the database engine to use.
	//
	// For a list of valid engine versions, use the DescribeDBEngineVersions action.
	//
	// The following are the database engines and links to information about the
	// major and minor versions that are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database
	// engine is available for every AWS Region.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The version number of the database engine to be used by the
	// DB instance is managed by the DB cluster.
	//
	// MariaDB
	//
	// See MariaDB on Amazon RDS Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MariaDB.html#MariaDB.Concepts.VersionMgmt)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Microsoft SQL Server
	//
	// See Version and Feature Support on Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.FeatureSupport)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// MySQL
	//
	// See MySQL on Amazon RDS Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Oracle
	//
	// See Oracle Database Engine Release Notes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Appendix.Oracle.PatchComposition.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// PostgreSQL
	//
	// See Supported PostgreSQL Database Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts.General.DBVersions)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops
	// values, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints: For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances, must
	// be a multiple between .5 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB instance.
	// For SQL Server DB instances, must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the storage
	// amount for the DB instance.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can
	// use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For
	// more information, see CreateDBCluster.
	//
	// If StorageEncrypted is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId
	// parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS
	// creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account
	// has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// License model information for this DB instance.
	//
	// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the master user. The password can include any printable
	// ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster.
	//
	// MariaDB
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	//
	// Microsoft SQL Server
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
	//
	// MySQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	//
	// Oracle
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters.
	//
	// PostgreSQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The name for the master user.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The name for the master user is managed by the DB cluster.
	//
	// MariaDB
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Required for MariaDB.
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	// Microsoft SQL Server
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Required for SQL Server.
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 128 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * The first character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	// MySQL
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Required for MySQL.
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	// Oracle
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Required for Oracle.
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 30 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	// PostgreSQL
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Required for PostgreSQL.
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 63 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The upper limit to which Amazon RDS can automatically scale the storage of
	// the DB instance.
	MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
	//
	// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
	// to a value other than 0.
	//
	// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
	// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
	// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to Setting Up and Enabling
	// Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
	// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	// You can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ
	// deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
	// group.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// can't be removed from an option group. Also, that option group can't be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The
	// KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the
	// KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon
	// RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption
	// key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption
	// key for each AWS Region.
	PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values
	// are 7 or 731 (2 years).
	PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	// MySQL
	//
	// Default: 3306
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	// MariaDB
	//
	// Default: 3306
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	// PostgreSQL
	//
	// Default: 5432
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	// Oracle
	//
	// Default: 1521
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// SQL Server
	//
	// Default: 1433
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through
	// 49156.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Default: 3306
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. For more
	// information, see The Backup Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed
	// by the DB cluster.
	//
	// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
	// of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting
	// the Preferred DB Instance Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//    * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//    * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//    * Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance
	// Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance).
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
	// of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Valid Values: 0 - 15
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When
	// the DB instance is publicly accessible, it is an Internet-facing instance
	// with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName
	// is specified.
	//
	// If DBSubnetGroupName isn't specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
	// the following applies:
	//
	//    * If the default VPC in the target region doesn’t have an Internet gateway
	//    attached to it, the DB instance is private.
	//
	//    * If the default VPC in the target region has an Internet gateway attached
	//    to it, the DB instance is public.
	//
	// If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified,
	// the following applies:
	//
	//    * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an Internet gateway
	//    attached to it, the DB instance is private.
	//
	//    * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an Internet gateway attached
	//    to it, the DB instance is public.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is encrypted. By default,
	// it isn't encrypted.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// Tags to assign to the DB instance.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported
	// only by Microsoft SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone).
	Timezone *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of Amazon EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed
	// by the DB cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBInstanceInput) String 

func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBInstanceOutput 

type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBInstanceOutput) String 

func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput 

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the Read Replica during the maintenance window.
	//
	// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the Read Replica will be created.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS
	// Region.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1d
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the Read Replica to
	// snapshots of the Read Replica. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica, for example, db.m4.large.
	// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all
	// database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability
	// for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
	// string.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then Amazon RDS uses
	// the DBParameterGroup of source DB instance for a same region Read Replica,
	// or the default DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine for a cross region
	// Read Replica.
	//
	// Currently, specifying a parameter group for this operation is only supported
	// for Oracle DB instances.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance is created
	// in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet group is
	// specified, then the new DB instance isn't created in a VPC.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies
	//    a DB instance in another AWS Region.
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
	//
	//    * The specified DB subnet group must be in the same AWS Region in which
	//    the operation is running.
	//
	//    * All Read Replicas in one AWS Region that are created from the same source
	//    DB instance must either:> Specify DB subnet groups from the same VPC.
	//    All these Read Replicas are created in the same VPC. Not specify a DB
	//    subnet group. All these Read Replicas are created outside of any VPC.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB
	// Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region.
	DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`

	// The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB instance in.
	//
	// For Oracle DB instances, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication to authenticate
	// users that connect to the DB instance. For more information, see Using Kerberos
	// Authentication with Amazon RDS for Oracle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-kerberos.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of logs that the new DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs.
	// The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information,
	// see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []string `type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// For information about the supported DB engines, see CreateDBInstance.
	//
	// For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database
	// Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the Read
	// Replica.
	//
	// For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted Read Replica. The KMS key ID is the Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS
	// encryption key.
	//
	// If you create an encrypted Read Replica in the same AWS Region as the source
	// DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for this parameter.
	// The Read Replica is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB instance.
	//
	// If you create an encrypted Read Replica in a different AWS Region, then you
	// must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys
	// are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use
	// encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.
	//
	// You can't create an encrypted Read Replica from an unencrypted DB instance.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the Read Replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
	//
	// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
	// to a value other than 0.
	//
	// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
	// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
	// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
	// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
	// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the Read Replica is in a Multi-AZ deployment.
	//
	// You can create a Read Replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance. RDS creates a standby
	// of your replica in another Availability Zone for failover support for the
	// replica. Creating your Read Replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance is independent
	// of whether the source database is a Multi-AZ DB instance.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The option group the DB instance is associated with. If omitted, the option
	// group associated with the source instance is used.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The
	// KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the
	// KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon
	// RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption
	// key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption
	// key for each AWS Region.
	PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values
	// are 7 or 731 (2 years).
	PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The port number that the DB instance uses for connections.
	//
	// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
	// API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB instance.
	//
	// You must specify this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica
	// from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. Don't specify PreSignedUrl
	// when you are creating an encrypted Read Replica in the same AWS Region.
	//
	// The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
	// API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the
	// encrypted source DB instance. The presigned URL request must contain the
	// following parameter values:
	//
	//    * DestinationRegion - The AWS Region that the encrypted Read Replica is
	//    created in. This AWS Region is the same one where the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
	//    action is called that contains this presigned URL. For example, if you
	//    create an encrypted DB instance in the us-west-1 AWS Region, from a source
	//    DB instance in the us-east-2 AWS Region, then you call the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
	//    action in the us-east-1 AWS Region and provide a presigned URL that contains
	//    a call to the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica action in the us-west-2 AWS
	//    Region. For this example, the DestinationRegion in the presigned URL must
	//    be set to the us-east-1 AWS Region.
	//
	//    * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt
	//    the Read Replica in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier
	//    for both the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica action that is called in the
	//    destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL.
	//
	//    * SourceDBInstanceIdentifier - The DB instance identifier for the encrypted
	//    DB instance to be replicated. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource
	//    Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are creating
	//    an encrypted Read Replica from a DB instance in the us-west-2 AWS Region,
	//    then your SourceDBInstanceIdentifier looks like the following example:
	//    arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:instance:mysql-instance1-20161115.
	//
	// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating
	// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html)
	// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).
	//
	// If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion
	// (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually.
	// Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request
	// for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.
	PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When
	// the DB instance is publicly accessible, it is an Internet-facing instance
	// with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more information,
	// see CreateDBInstance.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read
	// Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, Oracle, or PostgreSQL
	//    DB instance.
	//
	//    * Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source
	//    is running MySQL 5.6 or later.
	//
	//    * For the limitations of Oracle Read Replicas, see Read Replica Limitations
	//    with Oracle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.html)
	//    in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	//    * Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL DB instance only if the
	//    source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 or later (9.4.7 and higher for cross-region
	//    replication).
	//
	//    * The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup
	//    retention period must be greater than 0.
	//
	//    * If the source DB instance is in the same AWS Region as the Read Replica,
	//    specify a valid DB instance identifier.
	//
	//    * If the source DB instance is in a different AWS Region than the Read
	//    Replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to
	//    Constructing an ARN for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	//    in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not
	// sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always
	// have the same region as the source ARN.
	SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica.
	//
	// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses
	// its default processor features.
	UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the Read Replica.
	//
	// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) String 

func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput 

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) String 

func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest 

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput
	Copy  func(*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest
}

CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest is the request type for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API operation.

func (CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest) Send 

func (r CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API request.

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse struct {
	*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse is the response type for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API operation.

func (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica request.

type CreateDBInstanceRequest 

type CreateDBInstanceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateDBInstanceInput
	Copy  func(*CreateDBInstanceInput) CreateDBInstanceRequest
}

CreateDBInstanceRequest is the request type for the CreateDBInstance API operation.

func (CreateDBInstanceRequest) Send 

func (r CreateDBInstanceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDBInstanceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateDBInstance API request.

type CreateDBInstanceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateDBInstanceResponse struct {
	*CreateDBInstanceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateDBInstanceResponse is the response type for the CreateDBInstance API operation.

func (*CreateDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDBInstance request.

type CreateDBParameterGroupInput 

type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated
	// with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only
	// to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible
	// with that DB parameter group family.
	//
	// To list all of the available parameter group families, use the following
	// command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily"
	//
	// The output contains duplicates.
	//
	// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The description for the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Tags to assign to the DB parameter group.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput 

type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups
	// action.
	DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String 

func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBParameterGroupRequest 

type CreateDBParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*CreateDBParameterGroupInput) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest
}

CreateDBParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the CreateDBParameterGroup API operation.

func (CreateDBParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r CreateDBParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDBParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateDBParameterGroup API request.

type CreateDBParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateDBParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateDBParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the CreateDBParameterGroup API operation.

func (*CreateDBParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateDBParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDBParameterGroup request.

type CreateDBProxyInput added in v0.18.0 

type CreateDBProxyInput struct {

	// The authorization mechanism that the proxy uses.
	//
	// Auth is a required field
	Auth []UserAuthConfig `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the proxy. This name must be unique for all proxies owned
	// by your AWS account in the specified AWS Region. An identifier must begin
	// with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it
	// can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// DBProxyName is a required field
	DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Whether the proxy includes detailed information about SQL statements in its
	// logs. This information helps you to debug issues involving SQL behavior or
	// the performance and scalability of the proxy connections. The debug information
	// includes the text of SQL statements that you submit through the proxy. Thus,
	// only enable this setting when needed for debugging, and only when you have
	// security measures in place to safeguard any sensitive information that appears
	// in the logs.
	DebugLogging *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The kinds of databases that the proxy can connect to. This value determines
	// which database network protocol the proxy recognizes when it interprets network
	// traffic to and from the database. Currently, this value is always MYSQL.
	// The engine family applies to both RDS MySQL and Aurora MySQL.
	//
	// EngineFamily is a required field
	EngineFamily EngineFamily `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// The number of seconds that a connection to the proxy can be inactive before
	// the proxy disconnects it. You can set this value higher or lower than the
	// connection timeout limit for the associated database.
	IdleClientTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A Boolean parameter that specifies whether Transport Layer Security (TLS)
	// encryption is required for connections to the proxy. By enabling this setting,
	// you can enforce encrypted TLS connections to the proxy.
	RequireTLS *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that the proxy uses to access
	// secrets in AWS Secrets Manager.
	//
	// RoleArn is a required field
	RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An optional set of key-value pairs to associate arbitrary data of your choosing
	// with the proxy.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// One or more VPC security group IDs to associate with the new proxy.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `type:"list"`

	// One or more VPC subnet IDs to associate with the new proxy.
	//
	// VpcSubnetIds is a required field
	VpcSubnetIds []string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBProxyInput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s CreateDBProxyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBProxyInput) Validate added in v0.18.0 

func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBProxyOutput added in v0.18.0 

type CreateDBProxyOutput struct {

	// The DBProxy structure corresponding to the new proxy.
	DBProxy *DBProxy `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBProxyOutput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s CreateDBProxyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBProxyRequest added in v0.18.0 

type CreateDBProxyRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateDBProxyInput
	Copy  func(*CreateDBProxyInput) CreateDBProxyRequest
}

CreateDBProxyRequest is the request type for the CreateDBProxy API operation.

func (CreateDBProxyRequest) Send added in v0.18.0 

func (r CreateDBProxyRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDBProxyResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateDBProxy API request.

type CreateDBProxyResponse added in v0.18.0 

type CreateDBProxyResponse struct {
	*CreateDBProxyOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateDBProxyResponse is the response type for the CreateDBProxy API operation.

func (*CreateDBProxyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.18.0 

func (r *CreateDBProxyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDBProxy request.

type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput 

type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// The description for the DB security group.
	//
	// DBSecurityGroupDescription is a required field
	DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//    * Must not be "Default"
	//
	// Example: mysecuritygroup
	//
	// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Tags to assign to the DB security group.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) String 

func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput 

type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// action.
	DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) String 

func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest 

type CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput
	Copy  func(*CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest
}

CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest is the request type for the CreateDBSecurityGroup API operation.

func (CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest) Send 

func (r CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateDBSecurityGroup API request.

type CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse struct {
	*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse is the response type for the CreateDBSecurityGroup API operation.

func (*CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDBSecurityGroup request.

type CreateDBSnapshotInput 

type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the DB instance that you want to create the snapshot of.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Can't be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-id
	//
	// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSnapshotInput) String 

func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBSnapshotOutput 

type CreateDBSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
	DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBSnapshotRequest 

type CreateDBSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateDBSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*CreateDBSnapshotInput) CreateDBSnapshotRequest
}

CreateDBSnapshotRequest is the request type for the CreateDBSnapshot API operation.

func (CreateDBSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r CreateDBSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDBSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateDBSnapshot API request.

type CreateDBSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateDBSnapshotResponse struct {
	*CreateDBSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateDBSnapshotResponse is the response type for the CreateDBSnapshot API operation.

func (*CreateDBSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateDBSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDBSnapshot request.

type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput 

type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The description for the DB subnet group.
	//
	// DBSubnetGroupDescription is a required field
	DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 letters, numbers, periods, underscores,
	// spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	//
	// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
	//
	// SubnetIds is a required field
	SubnetIds []string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// Tags to assign to the DB subnet group.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String 

func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput 

type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	// action.
	DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String 

func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest 

type CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput
	Copy  func(*CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest
}

CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest is the request type for the CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation.

func (CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest) Send 

func (r CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateDBSubnetGroup API request.

type CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse struct {
	*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse is the response type for the CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation.

func (*CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDBSubnetGroup request.

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput 

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether to activate the subscription. If the event
	// notification subscription isn't activated, the subscription is created but
	// not active.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to.
	// You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
	// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
	// action.
	EventCategories []string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
	// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to
	// it.
	//
	// SnsTopicArn is a required field
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned.
	// If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier
	// must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and
	// hyphens. It can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
	//
	//    * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must
	//    be supplied.
	//
	//    * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must
	//    be supplied.
	//
	//    * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must
	//    be supplied.
	//
	//    * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be
	//    supplied.
	SourceIds []string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want
	// to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter
	// to db-instance. if this value isn't specified, all events are returned.
	//
	// Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group
	// | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the subscription.
	//
	// Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters.
	//
	// SubscriptionName is a required field
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String 

func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput 

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String 

func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateEventSubscriptionRequest 

type CreateEventSubscriptionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput
	Copy  func(*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest
}

CreateEventSubscriptionRequest is the request type for the CreateEventSubscription API operation.

func (CreateEventSubscriptionRequest) Send 

func (r CreateEventSubscriptionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateEventSubscriptionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateEventSubscription API request.

type CreateEventSubscriptionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateEventSubscriptionResponse struct {
	*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateEventSubscriptionResponse is the response type for the CreateEventSubscription API operation.

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateEventSubscription request.

type CreateGlobalClusterInput added in v0.6.0 

type CreateGlobalClusterInput struct {

	// The name for your database of up to 64 alpha-numeric characters. If you do
	// not provide a name, Amazon Aurora will not create a database in the global
	// database cluster you are creating.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The deletion protection setting for the new global database. The global database
	// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The engine version of the Aurora global database.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The cluster identifier of the new global database cluster.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to use as the primary cluster of the global
	// database. This parameter is optional.
	SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The storage encryption setting for the new global database cluster.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateGlobalClusterInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s CreateGlobalClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateGlobalClusterOutput added in v0.6.0 

type CreateGlobalClusterOutput struct {

	// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
	GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateGlobalClusterOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s CreateGlobalClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateGlobalClusterRequest added in v0.6.0 

type CreateGlobalClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateGlobalClusterInput
	Copy  func(*CreateGlobalClusterInput) CreateGlobalClusterRequest
}

CreateGlobalClusterRequest is the request type for the CreateGlobalCluster API operation.

func (CreateGlobalClusterRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r CreateGlobalClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateGlobalClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateGlobalCluster API request.

type CreateGlobalClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateGlobalClusterResponse struct {
	*CreateGlobalClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateGlobalClusterResponse is the response type for the CreateGlobalCluster API operation.

func (*CreateGlobalClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateGlobalClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateGlobalCluster request.

type CreateOptionGroupInput 

type CreateOptionGroupInput struct {

	// Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated
	// with.
	//
	// EngineName is a required field
	EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be
	// associated with.
	//
	// MajorEngineVersion is a required field
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The description of the option group.
	//
	// OptionGroupDescription is a required field
	OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the name of the option group to be created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: myoptiongroup
	//
	// OptionGroupName is a required field
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Tags to assign to the option group.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateOptionGroupInput) String 

func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateOptionGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateOptionGroupOutput 

type CreateOptionGroupOutput struct {
	OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateOptionGroupOutput) String 

func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateOptionGroupRequest 

type CreateOptionGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateOptionGroupInput
	Copy  func(*CreateOptionGroupInput) CreateOptionGroupRequest
}

CreateOptionGroupRequest is the request type for the CreateOptionGroup API operation.

func (CreateOptionGroupRequest) Send 

func (r CreateOptionGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateOptionGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateOptionGroup API request.

type CreateOptionGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateOptionGroupResponse struct {
	*CreateOptionGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateOptionGroupResponse is the response type for the CreateOptionGroup API operation.

func (*CreateOptionGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateOptionGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateOptionGroup request.

type CustomAvailabilityZone added in v0.15.0 

type CustomAvailabilityZone struct {

	// The identifier of the custom AZ.
	//
	// Amazon RDS generates a unique identifier when a custom AZ is created.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the custom AZ.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the custom AZ.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// Information about the virtual private network (VPN) between the VMware vSphere
	// cluster and the AWS website.
	VpnDetails *VpnDetails `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A custom Availability Zone (AZ) is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a VMware vSphere cluster.

For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html)

func (CustomAvailabilityZone) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s CustomAvailabilityZone) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBCluster 

type DBCluster struct {

	// The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity
	// stream.
	ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in the database activity
	// stream.
	ActivityStreamKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The mode of the database activity stream. Database events such as a change
	// or access generate an activity stream event. The database session can handle
	// these events either synchronously or asynchronously.
	ActivityStreamMode ActivityStreamMode `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The status of the database activity stream.
	ActivityStreamStatus ActivityStreamStatus `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// For all database engines except Amazon Aurora, AllocatedStorage specifies
	// the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). For Aurora, AllocatedStorage
	// always returns 1, because Aurora DB cluster storage size isn't fixed, but
	// instead automatically adjusts as needed.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that
	// are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a
	// DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services
	// on your behalf.
	AssociatedRoles []DBClusterRole `locationNameList:"DBClusterRole" type:"list"`

	// Provides the list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster
	// can be created.
	AvailabilityZones []string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The number of change records stored for Backtrack.
	BacktrackConsumedChangeRecords *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The target backtrack window, in seconds. If this value is set to 0, backtracking
	// is disabled for the DB cluster. Otherwise, backtracking is enabled.
	BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`

	// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The current capacity of an Aurora Serverless DB cluster. The capacity is
	// 0 (zero) when the cluster is paused.
	//
	// For more information about Aurora Serverless, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	Capacity *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is
	// associated with.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated.
	CloneGroupId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated
	// Time (UTC).
	ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB cluster to snapshots of the
	// DB cluster.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies whether the DB cluster is a clone of a DB cluster owned by a different
	// AWS account.
	CrossAccountClone *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Identifies all custom endpoints associated with the cluster.
	CustomEndpoints []string `type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster.
	DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB cluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster.
	DBClusterMembers []DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"`

	// Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster.
	DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster.
	DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster,
	// including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided
	// at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This
	// same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier
	// is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB
	// cluster is accessed.
	DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates if the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. The database
	// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB cluster.
	DomainMemberships []DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"`

	// The earliest time to which a DB cluster can be backtracked.
	EarliestBacktrackTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
	// restore.
	EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A list of log types that this DB cluster is configured to export to CloudWatch
	// Logs.
	//
	// Log types vary by DB engine. For information about the log types for each
	// DB engine, see Amazon RDS Database Log Files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []string `type:"list"`

	// Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster.
	Endpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned, serverless, parallelquery,
	// global, or multimaster.
	EngineMode *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the database engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
	HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora Serverless
	// DB cluster is enabled.
	//
	// When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API
	// for running SQL queries on the Aurora Serverless DB cluster. You can also
	// query your database from inside the RDS console with the query editor.
	//
	// For more information, see Using the Data API for Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	HttpEndpointEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether the mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management
	// (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled.
	IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If StorageEncrypted is enabled, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted
	// DB cluster.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
	// restore.
	LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Contains the master username for the DB cluster.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage.
	PercentProgress *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
	// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
	// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this
	// DB cluster.
	ReadReplicaIdentifiers []string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaIdentifier" type:"list"`

	// The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster
	// load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in
	// a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint,
	// Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the
	// DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across
	// multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster.
	//
	// If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is
	// promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue
	// sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, you can
	// then reconnect to the reader endpoint.
	ReaderEndpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a
	// Read Replica.
	ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Shows the scaling configuration for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB
	// engine mode.
	//
	// For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	ScalingConfigurationInfo *ScalingConfigurationInfo `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the current state of this DB cluster.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to.
	VpcSecurityGroups []VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, and StartDBCluster actions.

func (DBCluster) String 

func (s DBCluster) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterBacktrack added in v0.9.0 

type DBClusterBacktrack struct {

	// Contains the backtrack identifier.
	BacktrackIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The timestamp of the time at which the backtrack was requested.
	BacktrackRequestCreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The timestamp of the time to which the DB cluster was backtracked.
	BacktrackTo *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The timestamp of the time from which the DB cluster was backtracked.
	BacktrackedFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB cluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the backtrack. This property returns one of the following values:
	//
	//    * applying - The backtrack is currently being applied to or rolled back
	//    from the DB cluster.
	//
	//    * completed - The backtrack has successfully been applied to or rolled
	//    back from the DB cluster.
	//
	//    * failed - An error occurred while the backtrack was applied to or rolled
	//    back from the DB cluster.
	//
	//    * pending - The backtrack is currently pending application to or rollback
	//    from the DB cluster.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks action.

func (DBClusterBacktrack) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s DBClusterBacktrack) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterEndpoint added in v0.9.0 

type DBClusterEndpoint struct {

	// The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
	CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as
	// a lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same
	// for the whole life of the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
	// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The DNS address of the endpoint.
	Endpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM.
	EndpointType *string `type:"string"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
	// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
	// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
	ExcludedMembers []string `type:"list"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
	StaticMembers []string `type:"list"`

	// The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting,
	// modifying.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

  • CreateDBClusterEndpoint

  • DescribeDBClusterEndpoints

  • ModifyDBClusterEndpoint

  • DeleteDBClusterEndpoint

For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, see Endpoint.

func (DBClusterEndpoint) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s DBClusterEndpoint) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterMember 

type DBClusterMember struct {

	// Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of
	// the DB cluster.
	DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the
	// DB cluster and false otherwise.
	IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster.

func (DBClusterMember) String 

func (s DBClusterMember) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus 

type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct {

	// Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group.
	DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains status information for a DB cluster option group.

func (DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String 

func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterParameterGroup 

type DBClusterParameterGroup struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group.
	DBClusterParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter
	// group is compatible with.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter
	// group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups action.

func (DBClusterParameterGroup) String 

func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterRole 

type DBClusterRole struct {

	// The name of the feature associated with the AWS Identity and Access Management
	// (IAM) role. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
	FeatureName *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the
	// DB cluster.
	RoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster.
	// The Status property returns one of the following values:
	//
	//    * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can
	//    be used to access other AWS services on your behalf.
	//
	//    * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster.
	//
	//    * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the
	//    DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS
	//    services on your behalf.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated with a DB cluster.

func (DBClusterRole) String 

func (s DBClusterRole) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterSnapshot 

type DBClusterSnapshot struct {

	// Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB).
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Provides the list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster
	// snapshot can be restored.
	AvailabilityZones []string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated
	// Time (UTC).
	ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster
	// snapshot was created from.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot.
	DBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database
	// accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
	IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted
	// DB cluster snapshot.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
	PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the
	// snapshot.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time
	// (UTC).
	SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`

	// If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot,
	// the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise,
	// a null value.
	SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.

func (DBClusterSnapshot) String 

func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute 

type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct {

	// The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
	//
	// The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have
	// permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information,
	// see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	AttributeName *string `type:"string"`

	// The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
	//
	// If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a
	// list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the
	// manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual
	// DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or
	// restore.
	AttributeValues []string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.

Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.

func (DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String 

func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult 

type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct {

	// The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot.
	DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply
	// to.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action.

Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.

func (DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String 

func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBEngineVersion 

type DBEngineVersion struct {

	// The description of the database engine.
	DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the database engine version.
	DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the
	// CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API isn't specified.
	DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The version number of the database engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to CloudWatch
	// Logs.
	ExportableLogTypes []string `type:"list"`

	// The status of the DB engine version, either available or deprecated.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName
	// parameter of the CreateDBInstance action.
	SupportedCharacterSets []CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`

	// A list of the supported DB engine modes.
	SupportedEngineModes []string `type:"list"`

	// A list of features supported by the DB engine. Supported feature names include
	// the following.
	//
	//    * s3Import
	SupportedFeatureNames []string `type:"list"`

	// A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter
	// of the CreateDBInstance action.
	SupportedTimezones []Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the
	// log types specified by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs.
	SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether the database engine version supports Read Replicas.
	SupportsReadReplica *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded
	// to.
	ValidUpgradeTarget []UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.

func (DBEngineVersion) String 

func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBInstance 

type DBInstance struct {

	// Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gibibytes.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles associated with the DB
	// instance.
	AssociatedRoles []DBInstanceRole `locationNameList:"DBInstanceRole" type:"list"`

	// Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance.
	CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is
	// associated with.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the
	// DB instance.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. Copying tags to snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting
	// this value for an Aurora DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting.
	// For more information, see DBCluster.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the
	// DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance.
	DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB instance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the current state of this database.
	DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you
	// use.
	//
	// MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL
	//
	// Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided
	// at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This
	// same name is returned for the life of the DB instance.
	//
	// Type: String
	//
	// Oracle
	//
	// Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown
	// when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance.
	DBParameterGroups []DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`

	// A list of DB security group elements containing DBSecurityGroup.Name and
	// DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements.
	DBSecurityGroups []DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance,
	// including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is
	// part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port.
	DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier
	// is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB
	// instance is accessed.
	DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates if the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. The database
	// can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. For more information,
	// see Deleting a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance.
	DomainMemberships []DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"`

	// A list of log types that this DB instance is configured to export to CloudWatch
	// Logs.
	//
	// Log types vary by DB engine. For information about the log types for each
	// DB engine, see Amazon RDS Database Log Files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []string `type:"list"`

	// Specifies the connection endpoint.
	Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`

	// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the database engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that
	// receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance.
	EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database
	// accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
	//
	// IAM database authentication can be enabled for the following database engines
	//
	//    * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher
	//
	//    * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher
	//
	//    * Aurora 5.6 or higher. To enable IAM database authentication for Aurora,
	//    see DBCluster Type.
	IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides the date and time the DB instance was created.
	InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted
	// DB instance.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
	// restore.
	LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// License model information for this DB instance.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the listener connection endpoint for SQL Server Always On.
	ListenerEndpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the master username for the DB instance.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The upper limit to which Amazon RDS can automatically scale the storage of
	// the DB instance.
	MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the DB instance.
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance.
	OptionGroupMemberships []OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"`

	// Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only
	// included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements.
	PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`

	// True if Performance Insights is enabled for the DB instance, and otherwise
	// false.
	PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The
	// KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the
	// KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
	PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values
	// are 7 or 731 (2 years).
	PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
	// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
	// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
	// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
	// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
	// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Contains one or more identifiers of Aurora DB clusters to which the RDS DB
	// instance is replicated as a Read Replica. For example, when you create an
	// Aurora Read Replica of an RDS MySQL DB instance, the Aurora MySQL DB cluster
	// for the Aurora Read Replica is shown. This output does not contain information
	// about cross region Aurora Read Replicas.
	//
	// Currently, each RDS DB instance can have only one Aurora Read Replica.
	ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers []string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifier" type:"list"`

	// Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this
	// DB instance.
	ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"`

	// Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is
	// a Read Replica.
	ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB
	// instance with multi-AZ support.
	SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of a Read Replica. If the instance isn't a Read Replica, this
	// is blank.
	StatusInfos []DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"`

	// Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE
	// encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the Timezone element is
	// empty. Timezone content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances
	// that were created with a time zone specified.
	Timezone *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs
	// to.
	VpcSecurityGroups []VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.

func (DBInstance) String 

func (s DBInstance) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBInstanceAutomatedBackup added in v0.6.0 

type DBInstanceAutomatedBackup struct {

	// Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB).
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Availability Zone that the automated backup was created in. For information
	// on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the automated backup.
	DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The customer id of the instance that is/was associated with the automated
	// backup.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which
	// is unique to an AWS Region.
	DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the automated backup is encrypted.
	Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the database engine for this automated backup.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The version of the database engine for the automated backup.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database
	// accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
	IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides the date and time that the DB instance was created.
	InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the automated backup.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The AWS KMS key ID for an automated backup. The KMS key ID is the Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS
	// encryption key.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// License model information for the automated backup.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// The license model of an automated backup.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The option group the automated backup is associated with. If omitted, the
	// default option group for the engine specified is used.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number that the automated backup used for connections.
	//
	// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The AWS Region associated with the automated backup.
	Region *string `type:"string"`

	// Earliest and latest time an instance can be restored to.
	RestoreWindow *RestoreWindow `type:"structure"`

	// Provides a list of status information for an automated backup:
	//
	//    * active - automated backups for current instances
	//
	//    * retained - automated backups for deleted instances
	//
	//    * creating - automated backups that are waiting for the first automated
	//    snapshot to be available.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the storage type associated with the automated backup.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// The ARN from the key store with which the automated backup is associated
	// for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The time zone of the automated backup. In most cases, the Timezone element
	// is empty. Timezone content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances
	// that were created with a time zone specified.
	Timezone *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB instance
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An automated backup of a DB instance. It it consists of system backups, transaction logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted the source instance.

func (DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBInstanceRole added in v0.8.0 

type DBInstanceRole struct {

	// The name of the feature associated with the AWS Identity and Access Management
	// (IAM) role. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
	FeatureName *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the
	// DB instance.
	RoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB instance.
	// The Status property returns one of the following values:
	//
	//    * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB instance and can
	//    be used to access other AWS services on your behalf.
	//
	//    * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB instance.
	//
	//    * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB instance, but the
	//    DB instance is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other
	//    AWS services on your behalf.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated with a DB instance.

func (DBInstanceRole) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s DBInstanceRole) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBInstanceStatusInfo 

type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct {

	// Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance
	// isn't in an error state, this value is blank.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false
	// if the instance is in an error state.
	Normal *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of Read Replica, the values can
	// be replicating, replication stop point set, replication stop point reached,
	// error, stopped, or terminated.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// This value is currently "read replication."
	StatusType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides a list of status information for a DB instance.

func (DBInstanceStatusInfo) String 

func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBParameterGroup 

type DBParameterGroup struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter
	// group is compatible with.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.

func (DBParameterGroup) String 

func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBParameterGroupStatus 

type DBParameterGroupStatus struct {

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of parameter updates.
	ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The status of the DB parameter group.

This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

  • CreateDBInstance

  • CreateDBInstanceReadReplica

  • DeleteDBInstance

  • ModifyDBInstance

  • RebootDBInstance

  • RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot

func (DBParameterGroupStatus) String 

func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBProxy added in v0.18.0 

type DBProxy struct {

	// One or more data structures specifying the authorization mechanism to connect
	// to the associated RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster.
	Auth []UserAuthConfigInfo `type:"list"`

	// The date and time when the proxy was first created.
	CreatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the proxy.
	DBProxyArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the proxy. This name must be unique for all proxies owned
	// by your AWS account in the specified AWS Region.
	DBProxyName *string `type:"string"`

	// Whether the proxy includes detailed information about SQL statements in its
	// logs. This information helps you to debug issues involving SQL behavior or
	// the performance and scalability of the proxy connections. The debug information
	// includes the text of SQL statements that you submit through the proxy. Thus,
	// only enable this setting when needed for debugging, and only when you have
	// security measures in place to safeguard any sensitive information that appears
	// in the logs.
	DebugLogging *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The endpoint that you can use to connect to the proxy. You include the endpoint
	// value in the connection string for a database client application.
	Endpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// Currently, this value is always MYSQL. The engine family applies to both
	// RDS MySQL and Aurora MySQL.
	EngineFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of seconds a connection to the proxy can have no activity before
	// the proxy drops the client connection. The proxy keeps the underlying database
	// connection open and puts it back into the connection pool for reuse by later
	// connection requests.
	//
	// Default: 1800 (30 minutes)
	//
	// Constraints: 1 to 28,800
	IdleClientTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates whether Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption is required for
	// connections to the proxy.
	RequireTLS *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that the proxy uses to access
	// Amazon Secrets Manager.
	RoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The current status of this proxy. A status of available means the proxy is
	// ready to handle requests. Other values indicate that you must wait for the
	// proxy to be ready, or take some action to resolve an issue.
	Status DBProxyStatus `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The date and time when the proxy was last updated.
	UpdatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Provides a list of VPC security groups that the proxy belongs to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `type:"list"`

	// The EC2 subnet IDs for the proxy.
	VpcSubnetIds []string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

The data structure representing a proxy managed by the RDS Proxy.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBProxies action.

func (DBProxy) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DBProxy) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBProxyStatus added in v0.18.0 

type DBProxyStatus string
const (
	DBProxyStatusAvailable                  DBProxyStatus = "available"
	DBProxyStatusModifying                  DBProxyStatus = "modifying"
	DBProxyStatusIncompatibleNetwork        DBProxyStatus = "incompatible-network"
	DBProxyStatusInsufficientResourceLimits DBProxyStatus = "insufficient-resource-limits"
	DBProxyStatusCreating                   DBProxyStatus = "creating"
	DBProxyStatusDeleting                   DBProxyStatus = "deleting"
)

Enum values for DBProxyStatus

func (DBProxyStatus) MarshalValue added in v0.18.0 

func (enum DBProxyStatus) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DBProxyStatus) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.18.0 

func (enum DBProxyStatus) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DBProxyTarget added in v0.18.0 

type DBProxyTarget struct {

	// The writer endpoint for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster.
	Endpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// The port that the RDS Proxy uses to connect to the target RDS DB instance
	// or Aurora DB cluster.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier representing the target. It can be the instance identifier
	// for an RDS DB instance, or the cluster identifier for an Aurora DB cluster.
	RdsResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster.
	TargetArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB cluster identifier when the target represents an Aurora DB cluster.
	// This field is blank when the target represents an RDS DB instance.
	TrackedClusterId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the kind of database, such as an RDS DB instance or an Aurora DB
	// cluster, that the target represents.
	Type TargetType `type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Contains the details for an RDS Proxy target. It represents an RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster that the proxy can connect to. One or more targets are associated with an RDS Proxy target group.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBProxyTargets action.

func (DBProxyTarget) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DBProxyTarget) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBProxyTargetGroup added in v0.18.0 

type DBProxyTargetGroup struct {

	// The settings that determine the size and behavior of the connection pool
	// for the target group.
	ConnectionPoolConfig *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time when the target group was first created.
	CreatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The identifier for the RDS proxy associated with this target group.
	DBProxyName *string `type:"string"`

	// Whether this target group is the first one used for connection requests by
	// the associated proxy. Because each proxy is currently associated with a single
	// target group, currently this setting is always true.
	IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The current status of this target group. A status of available means the
	// target group is correctly associated with a database. Other values indicate
	// that you must wait for the target group to be ready, or take some action
	// to resolve an issue.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) representing the target group.
	TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the target group. This name must be unique for all target
	// groups owned by your AWS account in the specified AWS Region.
	TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The date and time when the target group was last updated.
	UpdatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Represents a set of RDS DB instances, Aurora DB clusters, or both that a proxy can connect to. Currently, each target group is associated with exactly one RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups action.

func (DBProxyTargetGroup) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DBProxyTargetGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBSecurityGroup 

type DBSecurityGroup struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the description of the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements.
	EC2SecurityGroups []EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// Contains a list of IPRange elements.
	IPRanges []IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"`

	// Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group.
	OwnerId *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the VpcId of the DB security group.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.

func (DBSecurityGroup) String 

func (s DBSecurityGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBSecurityGroupMembership 

type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct {

	// The name of the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the DB security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

  • ModifyDBInstance

  • RebootDBInstance

  • RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot

  • RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime

func (DBSecurityGroupMembership) String 

func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBSnapshot 

type DBSnapshot struct {

	// Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB).
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in
	// at the time of the DB snapshot.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot
	// was created from.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot.
	DBSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which
	// is unique to an AWS Region.
	DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted.
	Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the version of the database engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database
	// accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
	IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated
	// Time (UTC).
	InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB
	// instance at the time of the snapshot.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If Encrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// License model information for the restored DB instance.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the master username for the DB snapshot.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
	PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time
	// of the snapshot.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance when the DB snapshot was created.
	ProcessorFeatures []ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`

	// Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time
	// (UTC).
	SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Provides the type of the DB snapshot.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB snapshot Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that the DB snapshot was copied
	// from. It only has value in case of cross-customer or cross-region copy.
	SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS Region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from.
	SourceRegion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of this DB snapshot.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the Timezone element is
	// empty. Timezone content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL
	// Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified.
	Timezone *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.

func (DBSnapshot) String 

func (s DBSnapshot) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBSnapshotAttribute 

type DBSnapshotAttribute struct {

	// The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute.
	//
	// The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have
	// permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information,
	// see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
	AttributeName *string `type:"string"`

	// The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute.
	//
	// If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a
	// list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the
	// manual DB snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual DB
	// snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore.
	AttributeValues []string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute

Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API.

func (DBSnapshotAttribute) String 

func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBSnapshotAttributesResult 

type DBSnapshotAttributesResult struct {

	// The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot.
	DBSnapshotAttributes []DBSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API action.

Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.

func (DBSnapshotAttributesResult) String 

func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBSubnetGroup 

type DBSubnetGroup struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the description of the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the status of the DB subnet group.
	SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a list of Subnet elements.
	Subnets []Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"`

	// Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups action.

func (DBSubnetGroup) String 

func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput added in v0.15.0 

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput struct {

	// The custom AZ identifier.
	//
	// CustomAvailabilityZoneId is a required field
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) Validate added in v0.15.0 

func (s *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput added in v0.15.0 

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput struct {

	// A custom Availability Zone (AZ) is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with
	// a VMware vSphere cluster.
	//
	// For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide.
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html)
	CustomAvailabilityZone *CustomAvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest added in v0.15.0 

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest
}

DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest is the request type for the DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone API operation.

func (DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest) Send added in v0.15.0 

func (r DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone API request.

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse added in v0.15.0 

type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse struct {
	*DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse is the response type for the DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone API operation.

func (*DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.15.0 

func (r *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone request.

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput added in v0.6.0 

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput struct {

	// The identifier associated with the custom endpoint. This parameter is stored
	// as a lowercase string.
	//
	// DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput struct {

	// The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
	CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as
	// a lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same
	// for the whole life of the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
	// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The DNS address of the endpoint.
	Endpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM.
	EndpointType *string `type:"string"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
	// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
	// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
	ExcludedMembers []string `type:"list"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
	StaticMembers []string `type:"list"`

	// The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting,
	// modifying.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

  • CreateDBClusterEndpoint

  • DescribeDBClusterEndpoints

  • ModifyDBClusterEndpoint

  • DeleteDBClusterEndpoint

For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, see Endpoint.

func (DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest
}

DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest is the request type for the DeleteDBClusterEndpoint API operation.

func (DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDBClusterEndpointResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteDBClusterEndpoint API request.

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteDBClusterEndpointResponse struct {
	*DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteDBClusterEndpointResponse is the response type for the DeleteDBClusterEndpoint API operation.

func (*DeleteDBClusterEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteDBClusterEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDBClusterEndpoint request.

type DeleteDBClusterInput 

type DeleteDBClusterInput struct {

	// The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier.
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created
	// when SkipFinalSnapshot is disabled.
	//
	// Specifying this parameter and also skipping the creation of a final DB cluster
	// snapshot with the SkipFinalShapshot parameter results in an error.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether to skip the creation of a final DB cluster
	// snapshot before the DB cluster is deleted. If skip is specified, no DB cluster
	// snapshot is created. If skip isn't specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created
	// before the DB cluster is deleted. By default, skip isn't specified, and the
	// DB cluster snapshot is created. By default, this parameter is disabled.
	//
	// You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot
	// is disabled.
	SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterInput) String 

func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBClusterOutput 

type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster,
	// and StartDBCluster actions.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterOutput) String 

func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput 

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//    * You can't delete a default DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//    * Can't be associated with any DB clusters.
	//
	// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String 

func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest 

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest
}

DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API request.

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup request.

type DeleteDBClusterRequest 

type DeleteDBClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteDBClusterInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteDBClusterInput) DeleteDBClusterRequest
}

DeleteDBClusterRequest is the request type for the DeleteDBCluster API operation.

func (DeleteDBClusterRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteDBClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDBClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteDBCluster API request.

type DeleteDBClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteDBClusterResponse struct {
	*DeleteDBClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteDBClusterResponse is the response type for the DeleteDBCluster API operation.

func (*DeleteDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDBCluster request.

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput 

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available
	// state.
	//
	// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String 

func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput 

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest 

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest
}

DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest is the request type for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API request.

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse struct {
	*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse is the response type for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot request.

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput added in v0.6.0 

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput struct {

	// The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which
	// is unique to an AWS Region.
	//
	// DbiResourceId is a required field
	DbiResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Parameter input for the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup operation.

func (DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput added in v0.6.0 

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput struct {

	// An automated backup of a DB instance. It it consists of system backups, transaction
	// logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted
	// the source instance.
	DBInstanceAutomatedBackup *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest
}

DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest is the request type for the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup API operation.

func (DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup API request.

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupResponse struct {
	*DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupResponse is the response type for the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup API operation.

func (*DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup request.

type DeleteDBInstanceInput 

type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the name of an existing DB instance.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A value that indicates whether to remove automated backups immediately after
	// the DB instance is deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. The default
	// is to remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted.
	DeleteAutomatedBackups *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when the SkipFinalSnapshot
	// parameter is disabled.
	//
	// Specifying this parameter and also specifying to skip final DB snapshot creation
	// in SkipFinalShapshot results in an error.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Can't be specified when deleting a Read Replica.
	FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether to skip the creation of a final DB snapshot
	// before the DB instance is deleted. If skip is specified, no DB snapshot is
	// created. If skip isn't specified, a DB snapshot is created before the DB
	// instance is deleted. By default, skip isn't specified, and the DB snapshot
	// is created.
	//
	// When a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed', 'incompatible-restore',
	// or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted when skip is specified.
	//
	// Specify skip when deleting a Read Replica.
	//
	// The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if skip isn't specified.
	SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBInstanceInput) String 

func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBInstanceOutput 

type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String 

func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBInstanceRequest 

type DeleteDBInstanceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteDBInstanceInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteDBInstanceInput) DeleteDBInstanceRequest
}

DeleteDBInstanceRequest is the request type for the DeleteDBInstance API operation.

func (DeleteDBInstanceRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteDBInstanceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDBInstanceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteDBInstance API request.

type DeleteDBInstanceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteDBInstanceResponse struct {
	*DeleteDBInstanceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteDBInstanceResponse is the response type for the DeleteDBInstance API operation.

func (*DeleteDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDBInstance request.

type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput 

type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group
	//
	//    * You can't delete a default DB parameter group
	//
	//    * Can't be associated with any DB instances
	//
	// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput 

type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String 

func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest 

type DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest
}

DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the DeleteDBParameterGroup API operation.

func (DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteDBParameterGroup API request.

type DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the DeleteDBParameterGroup API operation.

func (*DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDBParameterGroup request.

type DeleteDBProxyInput added in v0.18.0 

type DeleteDBProxyInput struct {

	// The name of the DB proxy to delete.
	//
	// DBProxyName is a required field
	DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBProxyInput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DeleteDBProxyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBProxyInput) Validate added in v0.18.0 

func (s *DeleteDBProxyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBProxyOutput added in v0.18.0 

type DeleteDBProxyOutput struct {

	// The data structure representing the details of the DB proxy that you delete.
	DBProxy *DBProxy `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBProxyOutput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DeleteDBProxyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBProxyRequest added in v0.18.0 

type DeleteDBProxyRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteDBProxyInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteDBProxyInput) DeleteDBProxyRequest
}

DeleteDBProxyRequest is the request type for the DeleteDBProxy API operation.

func (DeleteDBProxyRequest) Send added in v0.18.0 

func (r DeleteDBProxyRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDBProxyResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteDBProxy API request.

type DeleteDBProxyResponse added in v0.18.0 

type DeleteDBProxyResponse struct {
	*DeleteDBProxyOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteDBProxyResponse is the response type for the DeleteDBProxy API operation.

func (*DeleteDBProxyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.18.0 

func (r *DeleteDBProxyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDBProxy request.

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput 

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB security group to delete.
	//
	// You can't delete the default DB security group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//    * Must not be "Default"
	//
	// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) String 

func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput 

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) String 

func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest 

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest
}

DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest is the request type for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup API operation.

func (DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteDBSecurityGroup API request.

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse struct {
	*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse is the response type for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup API operation.

func (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup request.

type DeleteDBSnapshotInput 

type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct {

	// The DB snapshot identifier.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the available
	// state.
	//
	// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String 

func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput 

type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
	DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBSnapshotRequest 

type DeleteDBSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteDBSnapshotInput) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest
}

DeleteDBSnapshotRequest is the request type for the DeleteDBSnapshot API operation.

func (DeleteDBSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteDBSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDBSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteDBSnapshot API request.

type DeleteDBSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteDBSnapshotResponse struct {
	*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteDBSnapshotResponse is the response type for the DeleteDBSnapshot API operation.

func (*DeleteDBSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteDBSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDBSnapshot request.

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput 

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the database subnet group to delete.
	//
	// You can't delete the default subnet group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	// Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be
	// default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	//
	// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String 

func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput 

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String 

func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest 

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest
}

DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest is the request type for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation.

func (DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteDBSubnetGroup API request.

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse struct {
	*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse is the response type for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation.

func (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup request.

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete.
	//
	// SubscriptionName is a required field
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String 

func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String 

func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest
}

DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest is the request type for the DeleteEventSubscription API operation.

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteEventSubscription API request.

type DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse struct {
	*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse is the response type for the DeleteEventSubscription API operation.

func (*DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteEventSubscription request.

type DeleteGlobalClusterInput added in v0.6.0 

type DeleteGlobalClusterInput struct {

	// The cluster identifier of the global database cluster being deleted.
	//
	// GlobalClusterIdentifier is a required field
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteGlobalClusterInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DeleteGlobalClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteGlobalClusterInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *DeleteGlobalClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteGlobalClusterOutput added in v0.6.0 

type DeleteGlobalClusterOutput struct {

	// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
	GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteGlobalClusterOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DeleteGlobalClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteGlobalClusterRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeleteGlobalClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteGlobalClusterInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteGlobalClusterInput) DeleteGlobalClusterRequest
}

DeleteGlobalClusterRequest is the request type for the DeleteGlobalCluster API operation.

func (DeleteGlobalClusterRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r DeleteGlobalClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteGlobalClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteGlobalCluster API request.

type DeleteGlobalClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteGlobalClusterResponse struct {
	*DeleteGlobalClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteGlobalClusterResponse is the response type for the DeleteGlobalCluster API operation.

func (*DeleteGlobalClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteGlobalClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteGlobalCluster request.

type DeleteInstallationMediaInput added in v0.15.0 

type DeleteInstallationMediaInput struct {

	// The installation medium ID.
	//
	// InstallationMediaId is a required field
	InstallationMediaId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteInstallationMediaInput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s DeleteInstallationMediaInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteInstallationMediaInput) Validate added in v0.15.0 

func (s *DeleteInstallationMediaInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteInstallationMediaOutput added in v0.15.0 

type DeleteInstallationMediaOutput struct {

	// The custom Availability Zone (AZ) that contains the installation media.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The path to the installation medium for the DB engine.
	EngineInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"`

	// The engine version of the DB engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// If an installation media failure occurred, the cause of the failure.
	FailureCause *InstallationMediaFailureCause `type:"structure"`

	// The installation medium ID.
	InstallationMediaId *string `type:"string"`

	// The path to the installation medium for the operating system associated with
	// the DB engine.
	OSInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the installation medium.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server.

func (DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteInstallationMediaRequest added in v0.15.0 

type DeleteInstallationMediaRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteInstallationMediaInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteInstallationMediaInput) DeleteInstallationMediaRequest
}

DeleteInstallationMediaRequest is the request type for the DeleteInstallationMedia API operation.

func (DeleteInstallationMediaRequest) Send added in v0.15.0 

func (r DeleteInstallationMediaRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteInstallationMediaResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteInstallationMedia API request.

type DeleteInstallationMediaResponse added in v0.15.0 

type DeleteInstallationMediaResponse struct {
	*DeleteInstallationMediaOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteInstallationMediaResponse is the response type for the DeleteInstallationMedia API operation.

func (*DeleteInstallationMediaResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.15.0 

func (r *DeleteInstallationMediaResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteInstallationMedia request.

type DeleteOptionGroupInput 

type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the option group to be deleted.
	//
	// You can't delete default option groups.
	//
	// OptionGroupName is a required field
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteOptionGroupInput) String 

func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteOptionGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteOptionGroupOutput 

type DeleteOptionGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String 

func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteOptionGroupRequest 

type DeleteOptionGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteOptionGroupInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteOptionGroupInput) DeleteOptionGroupRequest
}

DeleteOptionGroupRequest is the request type for the DeleteOptionGroup API operation.

func (DeleteOptionGroupRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteOptionGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteOptionGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteOptionGroup API request.

type DeleteOptionGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteOptionGroupResponse struct {
	*DeleteOptionGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteOptionGroupResponse is the response type for the DeleteOptionGroup API operation.

func (*DeleteOptionGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteOptionGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteOptionGroup request.

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput added in v0.18.0 

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput struct {

	// One or more DB cluster identifiers.
	DBClusterIdentifiers []string `type:"list"`

	// One or more DB instance identifiers.
	DBInstanceIdentifiers []string `type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the DBProxy that is associated with the DBProxyTargetGroup.
	//
	// DBProxyName is a required field
	DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup.
	TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate added in v0.18.0 

func (s *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput added in v0.18.0 

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest added in v0.18.0 

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput
	Copy  func(*DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest
}

DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest is the request type for the DeregisterDBProxyTargets API operation.

func (DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest) Send added in v0.18.0 

func (r DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeregisterDBProxyTargetsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeregisterDBProxyTargets API request.

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsResponse added in v0.18.0 

type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsResponse struct {
	*DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeregisterDBProxyTargetsResponse is the response type for the DeregisterDBProxyTargets API operation.

func (*DeregisterDBProxyTargetsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.18.0 

func (r *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeregisterDBProxyTargets request.

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput 

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String 

func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput 

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {

	// A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name,
	// a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota.
	AccountQuotas []AccountQuota `locationNameList:"AccountQuota" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Data returned by the DescribeAccountAttributes action.

func (DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String 

func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeAccountAttributesRequest 

type DescribeAccountAttributesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeAccountAttributesInput) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest
}

DescribeAccountAttributesRequest is the request type for the DescribeAccountAttributes API operation.

func (DescribeAccountAttributesRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeAccountAttributesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeAccountAttributesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeAccountAttributes API request.

type DescribeAccountAttributesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeAccountAttributesResponse struct {
	*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeAccountAttributesResponse is the response type for the DescribeAccountAttributes API operation.

func (*DescribeAccountAttributesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeAccountAttributesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeAccountAttributes request.

type DescribeCertificatesInput 

type DescribeCertificatesInput struct {

	// The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match an existing CertificateIdentifier.
	CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeCertificatesInput) String 

func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeCertificatesOutput 

type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct {

	// The list of Certificate objects for the AWS account.
	Certificates []Certificate `locationNameList:"Certificate" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Data returned by the DescribeCertificates action.

func (DescribeCertificatesOutput) String 

func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeCertificatesRequest 

type DescribeCertificatesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeCertificatesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeCertificatesInput) DescribeCertificatesRequest
}

DescribeCertificatesRequest is the request type for the DescribeCertificates API operation.

func (DescribeCertificatesRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeCertificatesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeCertificatesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeCertificates API request.

type DescribeCertificatesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeCertificatesResponse struct {
	*DescribeCertificatesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeCertificatesResponse is the response type for the DescribeCertificates API operation.

func (*DescribeCertificatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeCertificatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeCertificates request.

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput added in v0.15.0 

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput struct {

	// The custom AZ identifier. If this parameter is specified, information from
	// only the specific custom AZ is returned.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string"`

	// A filter that specifies one or more custom AZs to describe.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) Validate added in v0.15.0 

func (s *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput added in v0.15.0 

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput struct {

	// The list of CustomAvailabilityZone objects for the AWS account.
	CustomAvailabilityZones []CustomAvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"CustomAvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPaginator added in v0.15.0 

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPaginator added in v0.15.0 

func NewDescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPaginator(req DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPaginator

NewDescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.15.0 

func (p *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest added in v0.15.0 

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest
}

DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest is the request type for the DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones API operation.

func (DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest) Send added in v0.15.0 

func (r DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones API request.

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesResponse added in v0.15.0 

type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesResponse struct {
	*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesResponse is the response type for the DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones API operation.

func (*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.15.0 

func (r *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones request.

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput added in v0.4.0 

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput struct {

	// If specified, this value is the backtrack identifier of the backtrack to
	// be described.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain a valid universally unique identifier (UUID). For more
	//    information about UUIDs, see A Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) URN
	//    Namespace (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4122.txt).
	//
	// Example: 123e4567-e89b-12d3-a456-426655440000
	BacktrackIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be described. This parameter
	// is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster1
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. Supported filters
	// include the following:
	//
	//    * db-cluster-backtrack-id - Accepts backtrack identifiers. The results
	//    list includes information about only the backtracks identified by these
	//    identifiers.
	//
	//    * db-cluster-backtrack-status - Accepts any of the following backtrack
	//    status values: applying completed failed pending The results list includes
	//    information about only the backtracks identified by these values.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) String added in v0.4.0 

func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) Validate added in v0.4.0 

func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput added in v0.4.0 

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput struct {

	// Contains a list of backtracks for the user.
	DBClusterBacktracks []DBClusterBacktrack `locationNameList:"DBClusterBacktrack" type:"list"`

	// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBClusterBacktracks
	// request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks action.

func (DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) String added in v0.4.0 

func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest added in v0.4.0 

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest
}

DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks API operation.

func (DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest) Send added in v0.4.0 

func (r DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks API request.

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks API operation.

func (*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks request.

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput struct {

	// The identifier of the endpoint to describe. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
	// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A set of name-value pairs that define which endpoints to include in the output.
	// The filters are specified as name-value pairs, in the format Name=endpoint_type,Values=endpoint_type1,endpoint_type2,....
	// Name can be one of: db-cluster-endpoint-type, db-cluster-endpoint-custom-type,
	// db-cluster-endpoint-id, db-cluster-endpoint-status. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-type
	// filter can be one or more of: reader, writer, custom. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-custom-type
	// filter can be one or more of: reader, any. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-status
	// filter can be one or more of: available, creating, deleting, modifying.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of the endpoints associated with the cluster and matching
	// any filter conditions.
	DBClusterEndpoints []DBClusterEndpoint `locationNameList:"DBClusterEndpointList" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterEndpoints
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest
}

DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBClusterEndpoints API operation.

func (DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBClusterEndpoints API request.

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBClusterEndpointsResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBClusterEndpoints API operation.

func (*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBClusterEndpoints request.

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput 

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput 

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of DB cluster parameter groups.
	DBClusterParameterGroups []DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest 

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest
}

DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation.

func (DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API request.

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation.

func (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups request.

type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput 

type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct {

	// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details
	// for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
	//
	// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter
	// sources can be engine, service, or customer.
	Source *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput 

type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group.
	Parameters []Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the parameters in the DB cluster parameter group.

func (DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest 

type DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest
}

DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation.

func (DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBClusterParameters API request.

type DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation.

func (*DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBClusterParameters request.

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput 

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct {

	// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for.
	//
	// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput 

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
	// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see
	// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest 

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest
}

DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation.

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API request.

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation.

func (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes request.

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput 

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct {

	// The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for.
	// This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
	// parameter. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't
	// be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value
	// is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot.
	//
	//    * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter
	//    must also be specified.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A filter that specifies one or more DB cluster snapshots to describe.
	//
	// Supported filters:
	//
	//    * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
	//    Resource Names (ARNs).
	//
	//    * db-cluster-snapshot-id - Accepts DB cluster snapshot identifiers.
	//
	//    * snapshot-type - Accepts types of DB cluster snapshots.
	//
	//    * engine - Accepts names of database engines.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to include manual DB cluster snapshots that
	// are public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account. By default,
	// the public snapshots are not included.
	//
	// You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
	// API action.
	IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots
	// from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to
	// copy or restore. By default, these snapshots are not included.
	//
	// You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot
	// from another AWS account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the
	// following values:
	//
	//    * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically
	//    taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account.
	//
	//    * manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my
	//    AWS account.
	//
	//    * shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared
	//    to my AWS account.
	//
	//    * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public.
	//
	// If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual
	// DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots
	// with these results by enabling the IncludeShared parameter. You can include
	// public DB cluster snapshots with these results by enabling the IncludePublic
	// parameter.
	//
	// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType
	// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to public.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput 

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user.
	DBClusterSnapshots []DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest 

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest
}

DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation.

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API request.

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation.

func (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots request.

type DescribeDBClustersInput 

type DescribeDBClustersInput struct {

	// The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe.
	//
	// Supported filters:
	//
	//    * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
	//    Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information
	//    about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// Optional Boolean parameter that specifies whether the output includes information
	// about clusters shared from other AWS accounts.
	IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClustersInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClustersOutput 

type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct {

	// Contains a list of DB clusters for the user.
	DBClusters []DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"`

	// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBClusters request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters action.

func (DescribeDBClustersOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClustersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBClustersPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBClustersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBClustersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeDBClustersPaginator(req DescribeDBClustersRequest) DescribeDBClustersPaginator

NewDescribeDBClustersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBClusters. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBClustersRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBClustersPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeDBClustersPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBClustersOutput

type DescribeDBClustersRequest 

type DescribeDBClustersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBClustersInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBClustersInput) DescribeDBClustersRequest
}

DescribeDBClustersRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBClusters API operation.

func (DescribeDBClustersRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBClustersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBClustersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBClusters API request.

type DescribeDBClustersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBClustersResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBClustersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBClustersResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBClusters API operation.

func (*DescribeDBClustersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBClustersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBClusters request.

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput 

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct {

	// The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match an existing DBParameterGroupFamily.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether only the default version of the specified
	// engine or engine and major version combination is returned.
	DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The database engine to return.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine version to return.
	//
	// Example: 5.1.49
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to include engine versions that aren't available
	// in the list. The default is to list only available engine versions.
	IncludeAll *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether to list the supported character sets for each
	// engine version.
	//
	// If this parameter is enabled and the requested engine supports the CharacterSetName
	// parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported
	// character sets for each engine version.
	ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether to list the supported time zones for each
	// engine version.
	//
	// If this parameter is enabled and the requested engine supports the TimeZone
	// parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported
	// time zones for each engine version.
	ListSupportedTimezones *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
	// in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput 

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct {

	// A list of DBEngineVersion elements.
	DBEngineVersions []DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBEngineVersions action.

func (DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBEngineVersionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBEngineVersionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeDBEngineVersionsPaginator(req DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPaginator

NewDescribeDBEngineVersionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBEngineVersions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBEngineVersionsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeDBEngineVersionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest 

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest
}

DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation.

func (DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBEngineVersions API request.

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation.

func (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBEngineVersions request.

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput struct {

	// (Optional) The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// it must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. It returns information
	// from the specific DB instance' automated backup. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The resource ID of the DB instance that is the source of the automated backup.
	// This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
	DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// A filter that specifies which resources to return based on status.
	//
	// Supported filters are the following:
	//
	//    * status active - automated backups for current instances retained - automated
	//    backups for deleted instances creating - automated backups that are waiting
	//    for the first automated snapshot to be available
	//
	//    * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and Amazon Resource
	//    Names (ARNs) for DB instances. The results list includes only information
	//    about the DB instance automated backupss identified by these ARNs.
	//
	//    * dbi-resource-id - Accepts DB instance resource identifiers and DB Amazon
	//    Resource Names (ARNs) for DB instances. The results list includes only
	//    information about the DB instance resources identified by these ARNs.
	//
	// Returns all resources by default. The status for each resource is specified
	// in the response.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Parameter input for DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups.

func (DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput struct {

	// A list of DBInstanceAutomatedBackup instances.
	DBInstanceAutomatedBackups []DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `locationNameList:"DBInstanceAutomatedBackup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups action.

func (DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPaginator(req DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPaginator

NewDescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest
}

DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups API operation.

func (DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups API request.

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups API operation.

func (*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups request.

type DescribeDBInstancesInput 

type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct {

	// The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information
	// from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe.
	//
	// Supported filters:
	//
	//    * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
	//    Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information
	//    about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these
	//    ARNs.
	//
	//    * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon
	//    Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information
	//    about the DB instances identified by these ARNs.
	//
	//    * dbi-resource-id - Accepts DB instance resource identifiers. The results
	//    list will only include information about the DB instances identified by
	//    these DB instance resource identifiers.
	//
	//    * domain - Accepts Active Directory directory IDs. The results list will
	//    only include information about the DB instances associated with these
	//    domains.
	//
	//    * engine - Accepts engine names. The results list will only include information
	//    about the DB instances for these engines.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBInstancesInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBInstancesOutput 

type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct {

	// A list of DBInstance instances.
	DBInstances []DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstances action.

func (DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBInstancesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBInstancesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBInstancesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBInstancesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeDBInstancesPaginator(req DescribeDBInstancesRequest) DescribeDBInstancesPaginator

NewDescribeDBInstancesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBInstances. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBInstancesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBInstancesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeDBInstancesPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBInstancesOutput

type DescribeDBInstancesRequest 

type DescribeDBInstancesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBInstancesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBInstancesInput) DescribeDBInstancesRequest
}

DescribeDBInstancesRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBInstances API operation.

func (DescribeDBInstancesRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBInstancesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBInstancesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBInstances API request.

type DescribeDBInstancesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBInstancesResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBInstancesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBInstancesResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBInstances API operation.

func (*DescribeDBInstancesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBInstancesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBInstances request.

type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails 

type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails struct {

	// A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written.
	LastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The name of the log file for the specified DB instance.
	LogFileName *string `type:"string"`

	// The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance.
	Size *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element to DescribeDBLogFiles.

func (DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String 

func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBLogFilesInput 

type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct {

	// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
	// you want to list.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date,
	// in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds.
	FileLastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`

	// Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size.
	FileSize *int64 `type:"long"`

	// Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified
	// string.
	FilenameContains *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBLogFilesInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput 

type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput struct {

	// The DB log files returned.
	DescribeDBLogFiles []DescribeDBLogFilesDetails `locationNameList:"DescribeDBLogFilesDetails" type:"list"`

	// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBLogFiles request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles.

func (DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBLogFilesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBLogFilesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBLogFilesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBLogFilesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeDBLogFilesPaginator(req DescribeDBLogFilesRequest) DescribeDBLogFilesPaginator

NewDescribeDBLogFilesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBLogFiles. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBLogFilesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBLogFilesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeDBLogFilesPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput

type DescribeDBLogFilesRequest 

type DescribeDBLogFilesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBLogFilesInput) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest
}

DescribeDBLogFilesRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBLogFiles API operation.

func (DescribeDBLogFilesRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBLogFilesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBLogFilesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBLogFiles API request.

type DescribeDBLogFilesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBLogFilesResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBLogFilesResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBLogFiles API operation.

func (*DescribeDBLogFilesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBLogFilesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBLogFiles request.

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput 

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput 

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of DBParameterGroup instances.
	DBParameterGroups []DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.

func (DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBParameterGroupsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBParameterGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeDBParameterGroupsPaginator(req DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeDBParameterGroupsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBParameterGroups. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBParameterGroupsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeDBParameterGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest 

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest
}

DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBParameterGroups API operation.

func (DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBParameterGroups API request.

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBParameterGroups API operation.

func (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBParameterGroups request.

type DescribeDBParametersInput 

type DescribeDBParametersInput struct {

	// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
	//
	// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The parameter types to return.
	//
	// Default: All parameter types returned
	//
	// Valid Values: user | system | engine-default
	Source *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBParametersInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBParametersOutput 

type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of Parameter values.
	Parameters []Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameters action.

func (DescribeDBParametersOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBParametersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBParametersPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBParametersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBParametersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeDBParametersPaginator(req DescribeDBParametersRequest) DescribeDBParametersPaginator

NewDescribeDBParametersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBParameters. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBParametersRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBParametersPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeDBParametersPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBParametersOutput

type DescribeDBParametersRequest 

type DescribeDBParametersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBParametersInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBParametersInput) DescribeDBParametersRequest
}

DescribeDBParametersRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBParameters API operation.

func (DescribeDBParametersRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBParametersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBParametersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBParameters API request.

type DescribeDBParametersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBParametersResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBParametersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBParametersResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBParameters API operation.

func (*DescribeDBParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBParameters request.

type DescribeDBProxiesInput added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxiesInput struct {

	// The name of the DB proxy.
	DBProxyName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBProxiesInput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DescribeDBProxiesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBProxiesInput) Validate added in v0.18.0 

func (s *DescribeDBProxiesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBProxiesOutput added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxiesOutput struct {

	// A return value representing an arbitrary number of DBProxy data structures.
	DBProxies []DBProxy `type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBProxiesOutput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DescribeDBProxiesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBProxiesPaginator added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxiesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBProxiesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBProxiesPaginator added in v0.18.0 

func NewDescribeDBProxiesPaginator(req DescribeDBProxiesRequest) DescribeDBProxiesPaginator

NewDescribeDBProxiesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBProxies. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBProxiesRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBProxiesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBProxiesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.18.0 

func (p *DescribeDBProxiesPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBProxiesOutput

type DescribeDBProxiesRequest added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxiesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBProxiesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBProxiesInput) DescribeDBProxiesRequest
}

DescribeDBProxiesRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBProxies API operation.

func (DescribeDBProxiesRequest) Send added in v0.18.0 

func (r DescribeDBProxiesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBProxiesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBProxies API request.

type DescribeDBProxiesResponse added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxiesResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBProxiesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBProxiesResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBProxies API operation.

func (*DescribeDBProxiesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.18.0 

func (r *DescribeDBProxiesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBProxies request.

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput struct {

	// The identifier of the DBProxy associated with the target group.
	//
	// DBProxyName is a required field
	DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup to describe.
	TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) Validate added in v0.18.0 

func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// An arbitrary number of DBProxyTargetGroup objects, containing details of
	// the corresponding target groups.
	TargetGroups []DBProxyTargetGroup `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPaginator added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPaginator added in v0.18.0 

func NewDescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPaginator(req DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.18.0 

func (p *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest
}

DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups API operation.

func (DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest) Send added in v0.18.0 

func (r DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups API request.

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsResponse added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups API operation.

func (*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.18.0 

func (r *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups request.

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput struct {

	// The identifier of the DBProxyTarget to describe.
	//
	// DBProxyName is a required field
	DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup to describe.
	TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate added in v0.18.0 

func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// An arbitrary number of DBProxyTarget objects, containing details of the corresponding
	// targets.
	Targets []DBProxyTarget `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsPaginator added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBProxyTargetsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBProxyTargetsPaginator added in v0.18.0 

func NewDescribeDBProxyTargetsPaginator(req DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest) DescribeDBProxyTargetsPaginator

NewDescribeDBProxyTargetsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBProxyTargets. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBProxyTargetsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBProxyTargetsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.18.0 

func (p *DescribeDBProxyTargetsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest
}

DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBProxyTargets API operation.

func (DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest) Send added in v0.18.0 

func (r DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBProxyTargets API request.

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsResponse added in v0.18.0 

type DescribeDBProxyTargetsResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBProxyTargetsResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBProxyTargets API operation.

func (*DescribeDBProxyTargetsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.18.0 

func (r *DescribeDBProxyTargetsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBProxyTargets request.

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput 

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of the DB security group to return details for.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput 

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of DBSecurityGroup instances.
	DBSecurityGroups []DBSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.

func (DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBSecurityGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeDBSecurityGroupsPaginator(req DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBSecurityGroups. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest 

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest
}

DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups API operation.

func (DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBSecurityGroups API request.

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups API operation.

func (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups request.

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput 

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct {

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for.
	//
	// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput 

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
	// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
	// API action.
	DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest 

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest
}

DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API operation.

func (DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API request.

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API operation.

func (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes request.

type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput 

type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput struct {

	// The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This
	// parameter can't be used in conjunction with DBSnapshotIdentifier. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be used
	// in conjunction with DBInstanceIdentifier. This value is stored as a lowercase
	// string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot.
	//
	//    * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter
	//    must also be specified.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A specific DB resource ID to describe.
	DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// A filter that specifies one or more DB snapshots to describe.
	//
	// Supported filters:
	//
	//    * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon
	//    Resource Names (ARNs).
	//
	//    * db-snapshot-id - Accepts DB snapshot identifiers.
	//
	//    * dbi-resource-id - Accepts identifiers of source DB instances.
	//
	//    * snapshot-type - Accepts types of DB snapshots.
	//
	//    * engine - Accepts names of database engines.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to include manual DB cluster snapshots that
	// are public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account. By default,
	// the public snapshots are not included.
	//
	// You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
	// API.
	IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots
	// from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to
	// copy or restore. By default, these snapshots are not included.
	//
	// You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from
	// another AWS account by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
	IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following
	// values:
	//
	//    * automated - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken
	//    by Amazon RDS for my AWS account.
	//
	//    * manual - Return all DB snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account.
	//
	//    * shared - Return all manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my
	//    AWS account.
	//
	//    * public - Return all DB snapshots that have been marked as public.
	//
	//    * awsbackup - Return the DB snapshots managed by the AWS Backup service.
	//    For information about AWS Backup, see the AWS Backup Developer Guide.
	//    (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/aws-backup/latest/devguide/whatisbackup.html)
	//    The awsbackup type does not apply to Aurora.
	//
	// If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual
	// snapshots are returned. Shared and public DB snapshots are not included in
	// the returned results by default. You can include shared snapshots with these
	// results by enabling the IncludeShared parameter. You can include public snapshots
	// with these results by enabling the IncludePublic parameter.
	//
	// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType
	// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to public.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput 

type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// A list of DBSnapshot instances.
	DBSnapshots []DBSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBSnapshot" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSnapshots action.

func (DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBSnapshotsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBSnapshotsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBSnapshotsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBSnapshotsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeDBSnapshotsPaginator(req DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest) DescribeDBSnapshotsPaginator

NewDescribeDBSnapshotsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBSnapshots. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBSnapshotsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBSnapshotsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeDBSnapshotsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput

type DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest 

type DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest
}

DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBSnapshots API operation.

func (DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBSnapshots API request.

type DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBSnapshots API operation.

func (*DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBSnapshots request.

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput 

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of the DB subnet group to return details for.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String 

func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput 

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of DBSubnetGroup instances.
	DBSubnetGroups []DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSubnetGroups action.

func (DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDBSubnetGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeDBSubnetGroupsPaginator(req DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDBSubnetGroups. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest 

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest
}

DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest is the request type for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation.

func (DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDBSubnetGroups API request.

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse struct {
	*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse is the response type for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation.

func (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups request.

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput 

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter
	// information for.
	//
	// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String 

func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput 

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
	// action.
	EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String 

func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest 

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest
}

DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest is the request type for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation.

func (DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API request.

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse struct {
	*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse is the response type for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation.

func (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters request.

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput 

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct {

	// The name of the DB parameter group family.
	//
	// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String 

func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput 

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
	// action.
	EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String 

func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeEngineDefaultParametersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeEngineDefaultParametersPaginator(req DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPaginator

NewDescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeEngineDefaultParameters. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest 

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest
}

DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest is the request type for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation.

func (DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API request.

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse struct {
	*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse is the response type for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation.

func (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters request.

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput 

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The type of source that is generating the events.
	//
	// Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String 

func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput 

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {

	// A list of EventCategoriesMap data types.
	EventCategoriesMapList []EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Data returned from the DescribeEventCategories action.

func (DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String 

func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventCategoriesRequest 

type DescribeEventCategoriesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeEventCategoriesInput) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest
}

DescribeEventCategoriesRequest is the request type for the DescribeEventCategories API operation.

func (DescribeEventCategoriesRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeEventCategoriesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeEventCategoriesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeEventCategories API request.

type DescribeEventCategoriesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEventCategoriesResponse struct {
	*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEventCategoriesResponse is the response type for the DescribeEventCategories API operation.

func (*DescribeEventCategoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeEventCategoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeEventCategories request.

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String 

func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {

	// A list of EventSubscriptions data types.
	EventSubscriptionsList []EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Data returned by the DescribeEventSubscriptions action.

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator(req DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator

NewDescribeEventSubscriptionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeEventSubscriptions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeEventSubscriptionsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest
}

DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest is the request type for the DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation.

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeEventSubscriptions API request.

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse struct {
	*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse is the response type for the DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation.

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeEventSubscriptions request.

type DescribeEventsInput 

type DescribeEventsInput struct {

	// The number of minutes to retrieve events for.
	//
	// Default: 60
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification
	// subscription.
	EventCategories []string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not
	// specified, then all sources are included in the response.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
	//
	//    * If the source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be
	//    supplied.
	//
	//    * If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be
	//    supplied.
	//
	//    * If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must
	//    be supplied.
	//
	//    * If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
	// are returned.
	SourceType SourceType `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventsInput) String 

func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeEventsOutput 

type DescribeEventsOutput struct {

	// A list of Event instances.
	Events []Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this
	// parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker,
	// up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents action.

func (DescribeEventsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEventsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeEventsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeEventsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeEventsPaginator(req DescribeEventsRequest) DescribeEventsPaginator

NewDescribeEventsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeEvents. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeEventsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeEventsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeEventsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeEventsOutput

type DescribeEventsRequest 

type DescribeEventsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeEventsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeEventsInput) DescribeEventsRequest
}

DescribeEventsRequest is the request type for the DescribeEvents API operation.

func (DescribeEventsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeEventsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeEventsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeEvents API request.

type DescribeEventsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEventsResponse struct {
	*DescribeEventsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEventsResponse is the response type for the DescribeEvents API operation.

func (*DescribeEventsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeEventsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeEvents request.

type DescribeExportTasksInput added in v0.19.0 

type DescribeExportTasksInput struct {

	// The identifier of the snapshot export task to be described.
	ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Filters specify one or more snapshot exports to describe. The filters are
	// specified as name-value pairs that define what to include in the output.
	//
	// Supported filters include the following:
	//
	//    * export-task-identifier - An identifier for the snapshot export task.
	//
	//    * s3-bucket - The Amazon S3 bucket the snapshot is exported to.
	//
	//    * source-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported
	//    to Amazon S3
	//
	//    * status - The status of the export task.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeExportTasks request.
	// If you specify this parameter, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified value, a pagination token called a marker is included
	// in the response. You can use the marker in a later DescribeExportTasks request
	// to retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3.
	SourceArn *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeExportTasksInput) String added in v0.19.0 

func (s DescribeExportTasksInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeExportTasksInput) Validate added in v0.19.0 

func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeExportTasksOutput added in v0.19.0 

type DescribeExportTasksOutput struct {

	// Information about an export of a snapshot to Amazon S3.
	ExportTasks []ExportTask `locationNameList:"ExportTask" type:"list"`

	// A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeExportTasks request.
	// A marker is used for pagination to identify the location to begin output
	// for the next response of DescribeExportTasks.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeExportTasksOutput) String added in v0.19.0 

func (s DescribeExportTasksOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeExportTasksPaginator added in v0.19.0 

type DescribeExportTasksPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeExportTasksPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeExportTasksPaginator added in v0.19.0 

func NewDescribeExportTasksPaginator(req DescribeExportTasksRequest) DescribeExportTasksPaginator

NewDescribeExportTasksRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeExportTasks. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeExportTasksRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeExportTasksRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeExportTasksPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.19.0 

func (p *DescribeExportTasksPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeExportTasksOutput

type DescribeExportTasksRequest added in v0.19.0 

type DescribeExportTasksRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeExportTasksInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeExportTasksInput) DescribeExportTasksRequest
}

DescribeExportTasksRequest is the request type for the DescribeExportTasks API operation.

func (DescribeExportTasksRequest) Send added in v0.19.0 

func (r DescribeExportTasksRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeExportTasksResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeExportTasks API request.

type DescribeExportTasksResponse added in v0.19.0 

type DescribeExportTasksResponse struct {
	*DescribeExportTasksOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeExportTasksResponse is the response type for the DescribeExportTasks API operation.

func (*DescribeExportTasksResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.19.0 

func (r *DescribeExportTasksResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeExportTasks request.

type DescribeGlobalClustersInput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeGlobalClustersInput struct {

	// A filter that specifies one or more global DB clusters to describe.
	//
	// Supported filters:
	//
	//    * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
	//    Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information
	//    about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeGlobalClusters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeGlobalClustersInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeGlobalClustersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeGlobalClustersInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeGlobalClustersOutput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeGlobalClustersOutput struct {

	// The list of global clusters returned by this request.
	GlobalClusters []GlobalCluster `locationNameList:"GlobalClusterMember" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeGlobalClusters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeGlobalClustersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeGlobalClustersPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeGlobalClustersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeGlobalClustersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeGlobalClustersPaginator(req DescribeGlobalClustersRequest) DescribeGlobalClustersPaginator

NewDescribeGlobalClustersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeGlobalClusters. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeGlobalClustersRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeGlobalClustersPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeGlobalClustersPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeGlobalClustersOutput

type DescribeGlobalClustersRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeGlobalClustersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeGlobalClustersInput) DescribeGlobalClustersRequest
}

DescribeGlobalClustersRequest is the request type for the DescribeGlobalClusters API operation.

func (DescribeGlobalClustersRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r DescribeGlobalClustersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeGlobalClustersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeGlobalClusters API request.

type DescribeGlobalClustersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeGlobalClustersResponse struct {
	*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeGlobalClustersResponse is the response type for the DescribeGlobalClusters API operation.

func (*DescribeGlobalClustersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeGlobalClustersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeGlobalClusters request.

type DescribeInstallationMediaInput added in v0.15.0 

type DescribeInstallationMediaInput struct {

	// A filter that specifies one or more installation media to describe. Supported
	// filters include the following:
	//
	//    * custom-availability-zone-id - Accepts custom Availability Zone (AZ)
	//    identifiers. The results list includes information about only the custom
	//    AZs identified by these identifiers.
	//
	//    * engine - Accepts database engines. The results list includes information
	//    about only the database engines identified by these identifiers. For more
	//    information about the valid engines for installation media, see ImportInstallationMedia.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The installation medium ID.
	InstallationMediaId *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeInstallationMedia
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeInstallationMediaInput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s DescribeInstallationMediaInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInstallationMediaInput) Validate added in v0.15.0 

func (s *DescribeInstallationMediaInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeInstallationMediaOutput added in v0.15.0 

type DescribeInstallationMediaOutput struct {

	// The list of InstallationMedia objects for the AWS account.
	InstallationMedia []InstallationMedia `locationNameList:"InstallationMedia" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeInstallationMedia
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeInstallationMediaOutput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s DescribeInstallationMediaOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeInstallationMediaPaginator added in v0.15.0 

type DescribeInstallationMediaPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeInstallationMediaPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeInstallationMediaPaginator added in v0.15.0 

func NewDescribeInstallationMediaPaginator(req DescribeInstallationMediaRequest) DescribeInstallationMediaPaginator

NewDescribeInstallationMediaRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeInstallationMedia. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeInstallationMediaRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeInstallationMediaRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeInstallationMediaPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.15.0 

func (p *DescribeInstallationMediaPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeInstallationMediaOutput

type DescribeInstallationMediaRequest added in v0.15.0 

type DescribeInstallationMediaRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeInstallationMediaInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeInstallationMediaInput) DescribeInstallationMediaRequest
}

DescribeInstallationMediaRequest is the request type for the DescribeInstallationMedia API operation.

func (DescribeInstallationMediaRequest) Send added in v0.15.0 

func (r DescribeInstallationMediaRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeInstallationMediaResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeInstallationMedia API request.

type DescribeInstallationMediaResponse added in v0.15.0 

type DescribeInstallationMediaResponse struct {
	*DescribeInstallationMediaOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeInstallationMediaResponse is the response type for the DescribeInstallationMedia API operation.

func (*DescribeInstallationMediaResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.15.0 

func (r *DescribeInstallationMediaResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeInstallationMedia request.

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput 

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct {

	// A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name are described.
	//
	// EngineName is a required field
	EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified
	// major engine version.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) String 

func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput 

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// List of available option group options.
	OptionGroupOptions []OptionGroupOption `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOption" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeOptionGroupOptionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeOptionGroupOptionsPaginator(req DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPaginator

NewDescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeOptionGroupOptions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest 

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest
}

DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest is the request type for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions API operation.

func (DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeOptionGroupOptions API request.

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse struct {
	*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse is the response type for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions API operation.

func (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions request.

type DescribeOptionGroupsInput 

type DescribeOptionGroupsInput struct {

	// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with
	// a specific database engine.
	EngineName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with
	// a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also
	// be specified.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the option group to describe. Can't be supplied together with
	// EngineName or MajorEngineVersion.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String 

func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeOptionGroupsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput 

type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// List of option groups.
	OptionGroupsList []OptionGroup `locationNameList:"OptionGroup" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

List of option groups.

func (DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeOptionGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeOptionGroupsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeOptionGroupsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeOptionGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeOptionGroupsPaginator(req DescribeOptionGroupsRequest) DescribeOptionGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeOptionGroupsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeOptionGroups. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeOptionGroupsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeOptionGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeOptionGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput

type DescribeOptionGroupsRequest 

type DescribeOptionGroupsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeOptionGroupsInput) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest
}

DescribeOptionGroupsRequest is the request type for the DescribeOptionGroups API operation.

func (DescribeOptionGroupsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeOptionGroupsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeOptionGroupsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeOptionGroups API request.

type DescribeOptionGroupsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeOptionGroupsResponse struct {
	*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeOptionGroupsResponse is the response type for the DescribeOptionGroups API operation.

func (*DescribeOptionGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeOptionGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeOptionGroups request.

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput 

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct {

	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for.
	//
	// Engine is a required field
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified license model.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates whether to show only VPC or non-VPC offerings.
	Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String 

func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput 

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable
	// options for the DB instance.
	OrderableDBInstanceOptions []OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action.

func (DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPaginator(req DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPaginator

NewDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest 

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest
}

DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest is the request type for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation.

func (DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API request.

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse struct {
	*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse is the response type for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation.

func (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request.

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput 

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct {

	// A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance
	// actions for.
	//
	// Supported filters:
	//
	//    * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
	//    Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance
	//    actions for the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
	//
	//    * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance ARNs.
	//    The results list will only include pending maintenance actions for the
	//    DB instances identified by these ARNs.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for.
	ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String 

func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput 

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource.
	PendingMaintenanceActions []ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Data returned from the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions action.

func (DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String 

func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest 

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest
}

DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest is the request type for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation.

func (DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API request.

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse struct {
	*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse is the response type for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation.

func (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions request.

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput 

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput struct {

	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those
	// reservations matching the specified DB instances class.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
	// to show only reservations for this duration.
	//
	// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
	Duration *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The lease identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// reservation that matches the specified lease ID.
	//
	// AWS Support might request the lease ID for an issue related to a reserved
	// DB instance.
	LeaseId *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
	// in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates whether to show only those reservations that support
	// Multi-AZ.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified offering type.
	//
	// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
	// those reservations matching the specified product description.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter
	// to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID.
	ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
	// purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) String 

func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput 

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput struct {

	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
	// to show only reservations for this duration.
	//
	// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
	Duration *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
	// in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates whether to show only those reservations that support
	// Multi-AZ.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified offering type.
	//
	// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings that contain the specified product description.
	//
	// The results show offerings that partially match the filter value.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
	// the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier.
	//
	// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) String 

func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput 

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of reserved DB instance offerings.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferings []ReservedDBInstancesOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstancesOffering" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings action.

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPaginator(req DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPaginator

NewDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest 

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest
}

DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest is the request type for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings API operation.

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings API request.

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse struct {
	*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse is the response type for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings API operation.

func (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings request.

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput 

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of reserved DB instances.
	ReservedDBInstances []ReservedDBInstance `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstance" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstances action.

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) String 

func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeReservedDBInstancesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeReservedDBInstancesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeReservedDBInstancesPaginator(req DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPaginator

NewDescribeReservedDBInstancesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeReservedDBInstances. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDescribeReservedDBInstancesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedDBInstancesPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest 

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest
}

DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest is the request type for the DescribeReservedDBInstances API operation.

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeReservedDBInstances API request.

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse struct {
	*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse is the response type for the DescribeReservedDBInstances API operation.

func (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeReservedDBInstances request.

type DescribeSourceRegionsInput 

type DescribeSourceRegionsInput struct {

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeSourceRegions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The source AWS Region name. For example, us-east-1.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must specify a valid AWS Region name.
	RegionName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeSourceRegionsInput) String 

func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeSourceRegionsInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeSourceRegionsOutput 

type DescribeSourceRegionsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of SourceRegion instances that contains each source AWS Region that
	// the current AWS Region can get a Read Replica or a DB snapshot from.
	SourceRegions []SourceRegion `locationNameList:"SourceRegion" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeSourceRegions action.

func (DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeSourceRegionsRequest 

type DescribeSourceRegionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeSourceRegionsInput) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest
}

DescribeSourceRegionsRequest is the request type for the DescribeSourceRegions API operation.

func (DescribeSourceRegionsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeSourceRegionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeSourceRegionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeSourceRegions API request.

type DescribeSourceRegionsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeSourceRegionsResponse struct {
	*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSourceRegionsResponse is the response type for the DescribeSourceRegions API operation.

func (*DescribeSourceRegionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeSourceRegionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeSourceRegions request.

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput added in v0.2.0 

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput struct {

	// The customer identifier or the ARN of your DB instance.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput added in v0.2.0 

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput struct {

	// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance.
	// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications
	// action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance.
	ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest added in v0.2.0 

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest
}

DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest is the request type for the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications API operation.

func (DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications API request.

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse struct {
	*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse is the response type for the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications API operation.

func (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications request.

type DomainMembership 

type DomainMembership struct {

	// The identifier of the Active Directory Domain.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain.
	FQDN *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory
	// Service.
	IAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the Active Directory Domain membership for the DB instance
	// or cluster. Values include joined, pending-join, failed, and so on.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB instance or cluster.

func (DomainMembership) String 

func (s DomainMembership) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DoubleRange added in v0.2.0 

type DoubleRange struct {

	// The minimum value in the range.
	From *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum value in the range.
	To *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A range of double values.

func (DoubleRange) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s DoubleRange) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput 

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct {

	// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
	// you want to list.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the log file to be downloaded.
	//
	// LogFileName is a required field
	LogFileName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker
	// parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker
	// until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results
	// in a file over 1 MB in size, the file is truncated at 1 MB in size.
	//
	// If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned
	// can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value
	// of the Marker parameter.
	//
	//    * If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log file
	//    is returned up to a maximum of 10000 lines, starting with the most recent
	//    log entries first.
	//
	//    * If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker isn't specified, then the most
	//    recent lines from the end of the log file are returned.
	//
	//    * If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from
	//    the beginning of the log file are returned.
	//
	//    * You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size
	//    of the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value
	//    of "0" for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker
	//    value returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request,
	//    continuing until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false.
	NumberOfLines *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) String 

func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) Validate 

func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput 

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput struct {

	// Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded.
	AdditionalDataPending *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Entries from the specified log file.
	LogFileData *string `type:"string"`

	// A pagination token that can be used in a later DownloadDBLogFilePortion request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element to DownloadDBLogFilePortion.

func (DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) String 

func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DownloadDBLogFilePortionPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDownloadDBLogFilePortionPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDownloadDBLogFilePortionPaginator(req DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPaginator

NewDownloadDBLogFilePortionRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DownloadDBLogFilePortion. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input)
p := rds.NewDownloadDBLogFilePortionRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DownloadDBLogFilePortionPaginator) CurrentPage() *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest 

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput
	Copy  func(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest
}

DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest is the request type for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion API operation.

func (DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest) Send 

func (r DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DownloadDBLogFilePortion API request.

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse struct {
	*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse is the response type for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion API operation.

func (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion request.

type EC2SecurityGroup 

type EC2SecurityGroup struct {

	// Specifies the id of the EC2 security group.
	EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the EC2 security group.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in
	// the EC2SecurityGroupName field.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing",
	// "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked".
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

  • AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress

  • DescribeDBSecurityGroups

  • RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress

func (EC2SecurityGroup) String 

func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Endpoint 

type Endpoint struct {

	// Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance.
	Address *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
	HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

  • CreateDBInstance

  • DescribeDBInstances

  • DeleteDBInstance

For the data structure that represents Amazon Aurora DB cluster endpoints, see DBClusterEndpoint.

func (Endpoint) String 

func (s Endpoint) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EngineDefaults 

type EngineDefaults struct {

	// Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default
	// parameters apply to.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a list of engine default parameters.
	Parameters []Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters action.

func (EngineDefaults) String 

func (s EngineDefaults) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EngineFamily added in v0.18.0 

type EngineFamily string
const (
	EngineFamilyMysql EngineFamily = "MYSQL"
)

Enum values for EngineFamily

func (EngineFamily) MarshalValue added in v0.18.0 

func (enum EngineFamily) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (EngineFamily) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.18.0 

func (enum EngineFamily) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Event 

type Event struct {

	// Specifies the date and time of the event.
	Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Specifies the category for the event.
	EventCategories []string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// Provides the text of this event.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event.
	SourceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the identifier for the source of the event.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the source type for this event.
	SourceType SourceType `type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents action.

func (Event) String 

func (s Event) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EventCategoriesMap 

type EventCategoriesMap struct {

	// The event categories for the specified source type
	EventCategories []string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The source type that the returned categories belong to
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories action.

func (EventCategoriesMap) String 

func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EventSubscription 

type EventSubscription struct {

	// The RDS event notification subscription Id.
	CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription.
	CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"`

	// A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates
	// the subscription is enabled.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription.
	EventCategoriesList []string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription.
	EventSubscriptionArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription.
	SourceIdsList []string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The source type for the RDS event notification subscription.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the RDS event notification subscription.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	// Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission
	// | topic-not-exist
	//
	// The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to
	// post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic
	// was deleted after the subscription was created.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The time the RDS event notification subscription was created.
	SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions action.

func (EventSubscription) String 

func (s EventSubscription) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ExportTask added in v0.19.0 

type ExportTask struct {

	// The data exported from the snapshot. Valid values are the following:
	//
	//    * database - Export all the data of the snapshot.
	//
	//    * database.table [table-name] - Export a table of the snapshot.
	//
	//    * database.schema [schema-name] - Export a database schema of the snapshot.
	//    This value isn't valid for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, or Aurora MySQL.
	//
	//    * database.schema.table [table-name] - Export a table of the database
	//    schema. This value isn't valid for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, or
	//    Aurora MySQL.
	ExportOnly []string `type:"list"`

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier
	// for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is exported to.
	ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The reason the export failed, if it failed.
	FailureCause *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting
	// a snapshot.
	IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The ID of the AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's
	// exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN),
	// the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
	// The IAM role used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption
	// permissions to use this KMS key.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The progress of the snapshot export task as a percentage.
	PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Amazon S3 bucket that the snapshot is exported to.
	S3Bucket *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported
	// snapshot.
	S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The time that the snapshot was created.
	SnapshotTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3.
	SourceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The progress status of the export task.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The time that the snapshot export task completed.
	TaskEndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The time that the snapshot export task started.
	TaskStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The total amount of data exported, in gigabytes.
	TotalExtractedDataInGB *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A warning about the snapshot export task.
	WarningMessage *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the details of a snapshot export to Amazon S3.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeExportTasks action.

func (ExportTask) String added in v0.19.0 

func (s ExportTask) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FailoverDBClusterInput 

type FailoverDBClusterInput struct {

	// A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance.
	//
	// You must specify the instance identifier for an Aurora Replica in the DB
	// cluster. For example, mydbcluster-replica1.
	TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (FailoverDBClusterInput) String 

func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*FailoverDBClusterInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type FailoverDBClusterOutput 

type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster,
	// and StartDBCluster actions.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (FailoverDBClusterOutput) String 

func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FailoverDBClusterRequest 

type FailoverDBClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *FailoverDBClusterInput
	Copy  func(*FailoverDBClusterInput) FailoverDBClusterRequest
}

FailoverDBClusterRequest is the request type for the FailoverDBCluster API operation.

func (FailoverDBClusterRequest) Send 

func (r FailoverDBClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*FailoverDBClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the FailoverDBCluster API request.

type FailoverDBClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type FailoverDBClusterResponse struct {
	*FailoverDBClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

FailoverDBClusterResponse is the response type for the FailoverDBCluster API operation.

func (*FailoverDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *FailoverDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the FailoverDBCluster request.

type Filter 

type Filter struct {

	// The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive.
	//
	// Values is a required field
	Values []string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A filter name and value pair that is used to return a more specific list of results from a describe operation. Filters can be used to match a set of resources by specific criteria, such as IDs. The filters supported by a describe operation are documented with the describe operation.

Currently, wildcards are not supported in filters.

The following actions can be filtered:

  • DescribeDBClusterBacktracks

  • DescribeDBClusterEndpoints

  • DescribeDBClusters

  • DescribeDBInstances

  • DescribePendingMaintenanceActions

func (Filter) String 

func (s Filter) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Filter) Validate 

func (s *Filter) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GlobalCluster added in v0.6.0 

type GlobalCluster struct {

	// The default database name within the new global database cluster.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The deletion protection setting for the new global database cluster.
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Aurora database engine used by the global database cluster.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the database engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the global database cluster.
	GlobalClusterArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a user-supplied global database cluster identifier. This identifier
	// is the unique key that identifies a global database cluster.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of cluster IDs for secondary clusters within the global database
	// cluster. Currently limited to 1 item.
	GlobalClusterMembers []GlobalClusterMember `locationNameList:"GlobalClusterMember" type:"list"`

	// The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the global database cluster.
	// This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS
	// key for the DB cluster is accessed.
	GlobalClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the current state of this global database cluster.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The storage encryption setting for the global database cluster.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A data type representing an Aurora global database.

func (GlobalCluster) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s GlobalCluster) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GlobalClusterMember added in v0.6.0 

type GlobalClusterMember struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for each Aurora cluster.
	DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the Aurora cluster is the primary cluster (that is, has
	// read-write capability) for the Aurora global database with which it is associated.
	IsWriter *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for each read-only secondary cluster associated
	// with the Aurora global database.
	Readers []string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A data structure with information about any primary and secondary clusters associated with an Aurora global database.

func (GlobalClusterMember) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s GlobalClusterMember) String() string

String returns the string representation

type IAMAuthMode added in v0.18.0 

type IAMAuthMode string
const (
	IAMAuthModeDisabled IAMAuthMode = "DISABLED"
	IAMAuthModeRequired IAMAuthMode = "REQUIRED"
)

Enum values for IAMAuthMode

func (IAMAuthMode) MarshalValue added in v0.18.0 

func (enum IAMAuthMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (IAMAuthMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.18.0 

func (enum IAMAuthMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type IPRange 

type IPRange struct {

	// Specifies the IP range.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized",
	// "revoking", and "revoked".
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.

func (IPRange) String 

func (s IPRange) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ImportInstallationMediaInput added in v0.15.0 

type ImportInstallationMediaInput struct {

	// The identifier of the custom Availability Zone (AZ) to import the installation
	// media to.
	//
	// CustomAvailabilityZoneId is a required field
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.
	//
	// The list only includes supported DB engines that require an on-premises customer
	// provided license.
	//
	// Valid Values:
	//
	//    * sqlserver-ee
	//
	//    * sqlserver-se
	//
	//    * sqlserver-ex
	//
	//    * sqlserver-web
	//
	// Engine is a required field
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The path to the installation medium for the specified DB engine.
	//
	// Example: SQLServerISO/en_sql_server_2016_enterprise_x64_dvd_8701793.iso
	//
	// EngineInstallationMediaPath is a required field
	EngineInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version number of the database engine to use.
	//
	// For a list of valid engine versions, call DescribeDBEngineVersions.
	//
	// The following are the database engines and links to information about the
	// major and minor versions. The list only includes DB engines that require
	// an on-premises customer provided license.
	//
	// Microsoft SQL Server
	//
	// See Version and Feature Support on Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.FeatureSupport)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// EngineVersion is a required field
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The path to the installation medium for the operating system associated with
	// the specified DB engine.
	//
	// Example: WindowsISO/en_windows_server_2016_x64_dvd_9327751.iso
	//
	// OSInstallationMediaPath is a required field
	OSInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ImportInstallationMediaInput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s ImportInstallationMediaInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ImportInstallationMediaInput) Validate added in v0.15.0 

func (s *ImportInstallationMediaInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ImportInstallationMediaOutput added in v0.15.0 

type ImportInstallationMediaOutput struct {

	// The custom Availability Zone (AZ) that contains the installation media.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The path to the installation medium for the DB engine.
	EngineInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"`

	// The engine version of the DB engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// If an installation media failure occurred, the cause of the failure.
	FailureCause *InstallationMediaFailureCause `type:"structure"`

	// The installation medium ID.
	InstallationMediaId *string `type:"string"`

	// The path to the installation medium for the operating system associated with
	// the DB engine.
	OSInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the installation medium.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server.

func (ImportInstallationMediaOutput) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s ImportInstallationMediaOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ImportInstallationMediaRequest added in v0.15.0 

type ImportInstallationMediaRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ImportInstallationMediaInput
	Copy  func(*ImportInstallationMediaInput) ImportInstallationMediaRequest
}

ImportInstallationMediaRequest is the request type for the ImportInstallationMedia API operation.

func (ImportInstallationMediaRequest) Send added in v0.15.0 

func (r ImportInstallationMediaRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ImportInstallationMediaResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ImportInstallationMedia API request.

type ImportInstallationMediaResponse added in v0.15.0 

type ImportInstallationMediaResponse struct {
	*ImportInstallationMediaOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ImportInstallationMediaResponse is the response type for the ImportInstallationMedia API operation.

func (*ImportInstallationMediaResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.15.0 

func (r *ImportInstallationMediaResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ImportInstallationMedia request.

type InstallationMedia added in v0.15.0 

type InstallationMedia struct {

	// The custom Availability Zone (AZ) that contains the installation media.
	CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The path to the installation medium for the DB engine.
	EngineInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"`

	// The engine version of the DB engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// If an installation media failure occurred, the cause of the failure.
	FailureCause *InstallationMediaFailureCause `type:"structure"`

	// The installation medium ID.
	InstallationMediaId *string `type:"string"`

	// The path to the installation medium for the operating system associated with
	// the DB engine.
	OSInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the installation medium.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server.

func (InstallationMedia) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s InstallationMedia) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InstallationMediaFailureCause added in v0.15.0 

type InstallationMediaFailureCause struct {

	// The reason that an installation media import failed.
	Message *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the cause of an installation media failure. Installation media is used for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server.

func (InstallationMediaFailureCause) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s InstallationMediaFailureCause) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListTagsForResourceInput 

type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {

	// This parameter isn't currently supported.
	Filters []Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an ARN
	// for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// ResourceName is a required field
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListTagsForResourceInput) String 

func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate 

func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListTagsForResourceOutput 

type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {

	// List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation.
	TagList []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListTagsForResourceOutput) String 

func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListTagsForResourceRequest 

type ListTagsForResourceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListTagsForResourceInput
	Copy  func(*ListTagsForResourceInput) ListTagsForResourceRequest
}

ListTagsForResourceRequest is the request type for the ListTagsForResource API operation.

func (ListTagsForResourceRequest) Send 

func (r ListTagsForResourceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListTagsForResourceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListTagsForResource API request.

type ListTagsForResourceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ListTagsForResourceResponse struct {
	*ListTagsForResourceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListTagsForResourceResponse is the response type for the ListTagsForResource API operation.

func (*ListTagsForResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ListTagsForResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListTagsForResource request.

type MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue added in v0.5.0 

type MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue struct {

	// The allowed value for an option setting.
	AllowedValue *string `type:"string"`

	// The minimum DB engine version required for the allowed value.
	MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The minimum DB engine version required for each corresponding allowed value for an option setting.

func (MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyCertificatesInput added in v0.19.0 

type ModifyCertificatesInput struct {

	// The new default certificate identifier to override the current one with.
	//
	// To determine the valid values, use the describe-certificates AWS CLI command
	// or the DescribeCertificates API operation.
	CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether to remove the override for the default certificate.
	// If the override is removed, the default certificate is the system default.
	RemoveCustomerOverride *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyCertificatesInput) String added in v0.19.0 

func (s ModifyCertificatesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyCertificatesOutput added in v0.19.0 

type ModifyCertificatesOutput struct {

	// A CA certificate for an AWS account.
	Certificate *Certificate `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyCertificatesOutput) String added in v0.19.0 

func (s ModifyCertificatesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyCertificatesRequest added in v0.19.0 

type ModifyCertificatesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyCertificatesInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyCertificatesInput) ModifyCertificatesRequest
}

ModifyCertificatesRequest is the request type for the ModifyCertificates API operation.

func (ModifyCertificatesRequest) Send added in v0.19.0 

func (r ModifyCertificatesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyCertificatesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyCertificates API request.

type ModifyCertificatesResponse added in v0.19.0 

type ModifyCertificatesResponse struct {
	*ModifyCertificatesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyCertificatesResponse is the response type for the ModifyCertificates API operation.

func (*ModifyCertificatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.19.0 

func (r *ModifyCertificatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyCertificates request.

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput added in v0.5.0 

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput struct {

	// The DB cluster capacity.
	//
	// When you change the capacity of a paused Aurora Serverless DB cluster, it
	// automatically resumes.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * For Aurora MySQL, valid capacity values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64,
	//    128, and 256.
	//
	//    * For Aurora PostgreSQL, valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64,
	//    192, and 384.
	Capacity *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DB cluster.
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The amount of time, in seconds, that Aurora Serverless tries to find a scaling
	// point to perform seamless scaling before enforcing the timeout action. The
	// default is 300.
	//
	//    * Value must be from 10 through 600.
	SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The action to take when the timeout is reached, either ForceApplyCapacityChange
	// or RollbackCapacityChange.
	//
	// ForceApplyCapacityChange, the default, sets the capacity to the specified
	// value as soon as possible.
	//
	// RollbackCapacityChange ignores the capacity change if a scaling point isn't
	// found in the timeout period.
	TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput added in v0.5.0 

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput struct {

	// The current capacity of the DB cluster.
	CurrentCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key
	// that identifies a DB cluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that specifies the capacity that the DB cluster scales to next.
	PendingCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of seconds before a call to ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity times
	// out.
	SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The timeout action of a call to ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity, either ForceApplyCapacityChange
	// or RollbackCapacityChange.
	TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest added in v0.5.0 

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest
}

ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest is the request type for the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity API operation.

func (ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity API request.

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityResponse struct {
	*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityResponse is the response type for the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity API operation.

func (*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity request.

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput struct {

	// The identifier of the endpoint to modify. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
	// string.
	//
	// DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
	EndpointType *string `type:"string"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
	// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
	// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
	ExcludedMembers []string `type:"list"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
	StaticMembers []string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput struct {

	// The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY.
	CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as
	// a lowercase string.
	DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same
	// for the whole life of the endpoint.
	DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint.
	// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The DNS address of the endpoint.
	Endpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM.
	EndpointType *string `type:"string"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group.
	// All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only
	// relevant if the list of static members is empty.
	ExcludedMembers []string `type:"list"`

	// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
	StaticMembers []string `type:"list"`

	// The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting,
	// modifying.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

  • CreateDBClusterEndpoint

  • DescribeDBClusterEndpoints

  • ModifyDBClusterEndpoint

  • DeleteDBClusterEndpoint

For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, see Endpoint.

func (ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest
}

ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest is the request type for the ModifyDBClusterEndpoint API operation.

func (ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyDBClusterEndpointResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyDBClusterEndpoint API request.

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyDBClusterEndpointResponse struct {
	*ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyDBClusterEndpointResponse is the response type for the ModifyDBClusterEndpoint API operation.

func (*ModifyDBClusterEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyDBClusterEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyDBClusterEndpoint request.

type ModifyDBClusterInput 

type ModifyDBClusterInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether major version upgrades are allowed.
	//
	// Constraints: You must allow major version upgrades when specifying a value
	// for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the
	// DB cluster's current version.
	AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether the modifications in this request and any
	// pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless
	// of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter
	// is disabled, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance
	// window.
	//
	// The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication,
	// MasterUserPassword, and NewDBClusterIdentifier values. If the ApplyImmediately
	// parameter is disabled, then changes to the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication,
	// MasterUserPassword, and NewDBClusterIdentifier values are applied during
	// the next maintenance window. All other changes are applied immediately, regardless
	// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
	//
	// By default, this parameter is disabled.
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this
	// value to 0.
	//
	// Default: 0
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72
	//    hours).
	BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify
	// a minimum value of 1.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch
	// Logs for a specific DB cluster.
	CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots
	// of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints: This identifier must match the identifier of an existing DB
	// cluster.
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group to apply to all instances of the DB cluster.
	//
	// When you apply a parameter group using the DBInstanceParameterGroupName parameter,
	// the DB cluster isn't rebooted automatically. Also, parameter changes aren't
	// applied during the next maintenance window but instead are applied immediately.
	//
	// Default: The existing name setting
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group family
	//    as this DB cluster.
	//
	//    * The DBInstanceParameterGroupName parameter is only valid in combination
	//    with the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade parameter.
	DBInstanceParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Active Directory directory ID to move the DB cluster to. Specify none
	// to remove the cluster from its current domain. The domain must be created
	// prior to this operation.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora
	// Serverless DB cluster. By default, the HTTP endpoint is disabled.
	//
	// When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API
	// for running SQL queries on the Aurora Serverless DB cluster. You can also
	// query your database from inside the RDS console with the query editor.
	//
	// For more information, see Using the Data API for Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableHttpEndpoint *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	//
	// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade. Changing
	// this parameter results in an outage. The change is applied during the next
	// maintenance window unless ApplyImmediately is enabled.
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible
	// Aurora), use the following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-mysql (for MySQL
	// 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-postgresql, use the
	// following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The new password for the master database user. This password can contain
	// any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster.
	// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//    * The first character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-cluster2
	NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified option group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage
	// except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window unless the ApplyImmediately is enabled for this request. If the parameter
	// change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change can cause
	// a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but
	// existing connections are not interrupted.
	//
	// Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group
	// can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
	// of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting
	// the Preferred DB Cluster Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//    * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//    * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//    * Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
	// of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see
	// the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred DB Cluster Maintenance
	// Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The scaling properties of the DB cluster. You can only modify scaling properties
	// for DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode.
	ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterInput) String 

func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBClusterOutput 

type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster,
	// and StartDBCluster actions.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterOutput) String 

func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput 

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
	//
	// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
	//
	// Parameters is a required field
	Parameters []Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest 

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest
}

ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API request.

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (*ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup request.

type ModifyDBClusterRequest 

type ModifyDBClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyDBClusterInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyDBClusterInput) ModifyDBClusterRequest
}

ModifyDBClusterRequest is the request type for the ModifyDBCluster API operation.

func (ModifyDBClusterRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyDBClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyDBClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyDBCluster API request.

type ModifyDBClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyDBClusterResponse struct {
	*ModifyDBClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyDBClusterResponse is the response type for the ModifyDBCluster API operation.

func (*ModifyDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyDBCluster request.

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput 

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify.
	//
	// To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore.
	//
	// AttributeName is a required field
	AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for.
	//
	// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified
	// by AttributeName.
	//
	// To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot,
	// set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the
	// manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the
	// all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information
	// that you don't want available to all AWS accounts.
	ValuesToAdd []string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`

	// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified
	// by AttributeName.
	//
	// To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers,
	// or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the
	// DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID
	// is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a
	// manual DB cluster snapshot.
	ValuesToRemove []string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String 

func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput 

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
	// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see
	// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String 

func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest 

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest
}

ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest is the request type for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation.

func (ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API request.

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse struct {
	*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse is the response type for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation.

func (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute request.

type ModifyDBInstanceInput 

type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The new amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance.
	//
	// For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied must be at
	// least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10%
	// greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater
	// than the current value.
	//
	// For the valid values for allocated storage for each engine, see CreateDBInstance.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates whether major version upgrades are allowed. Changing
	// this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible.
	//
	// Constraints: Major version upgrades must be allowed when specifying a value
	// for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the
	// DB instance's current version.
	AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether the modifications in this request and any
	// pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless
	// of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB instance. By default,
	// this parameter is disabled.
	//
	// If this parameter is disabled, changes to the DB instance are applied during
	// the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage and
	// are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure reboot.
	// Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. to see the impact of enabling or disabling
	// ApplyImmediately for each modified parameter and to determine when the changes
	// are applied.
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether minor version upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter
	// doesn't result in an outage except in the following case and the change is
	// asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage results if this parameter
	// is enabled during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available,
	// and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to
	// a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated
	// backups.
	//
	// Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to a
	// non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied during
	// the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is enabled
	// for this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero value to
	// another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by
	// the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be a value from 0 to 35
	//
	//    * Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running
	//    MySQL 5.6 or later
	//
	//    * Can be specified for a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the source is
	//    running PostgreSQL 9.3.5
	//
	//    * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance.
	CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is restarted when you rotate
	// your SSL/TLS certificate.
	//
	// By default, the DB instance is restarted when you rotate your SSL/TLS certificate.
	// The certificate is not updated until the DB instance is restarted.
	//
	// Set this parameter only if you are not using SSL/TLS to connect to the DB
	// instance.
	//
	// If you are using SSL/TLS to connect to the DB instance, follow the appropriate
	// instructions for your DB engine to rotate your SSL/TLS certificate:
	//
	//    * For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for RDS
	//    DB engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html)
	//    in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	//    * For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for Aurora
	//    DB engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html)
	//    in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	CertificateRotationRestart *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch
	// Logs for a specific DB instance.
	//
	// A change to the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration parameter is always applied
	// to the DB instance immediately. Therefore, the ApplyImmediately parameter
	// has no effect.
	CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots
	// of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. Copying tags to snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting
	// this value for an Aurora DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting.
	// For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large.
	// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all
	// database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability
	// for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change.
	// The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately
	// is enabled for this request.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing
	// this setting doesn't result in an outage. The parameter group name itself
	// is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied
	// until you reboot the instance without failover. In this case, the DB instance
	// isn't rebooted automatically and the parameter changes isn't applied during
	// the next maintenance window.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group
	// family as this DB instance.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	// The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values
	// specified for options in the option group for the DB instance.
	//
	// Your database will restart when you change the DBPortNumber value regardless
	// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
	//
	// MySQL
	//
	// Default: 3306
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// MariaDB
	//
	// Default: 3306
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// PostgreSQL
	//
	// Default: 5432
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	// Oracle
	//
	// Default: 1521
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// SQL Server
	//
	// Default: 1433
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through
	// 49156.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Default: 3306
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this
	// setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied
	// as soon as possible.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match existing DBSecurityGroups.
	DBSecurityGroups []string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to
	// move your DB instance to a different VPC. If your DB instance isn't in a
	// VPC, you can also use this parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC.
	// For more information, see Updating the VPC for a DB Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html#USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change
	// is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you enable ApplyImmediately.
	//
	// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetGroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB
	// Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Active Directory directory ID to move the DB instance to. Specify none
	// to remove the instance from its current domain. The domain must be created
	// prior to this operation. Currently, only Microsoft SQL Server and Oracle
	// DB instances can be created in an Active Directory Domain.
	//
	// For Microsoft SQL Server DB instances, Amazon RDS can use Windows Authentication
	// to authenticate users that connect to the DB instance. For more information,
	// see Using Windows Authentication with an Amazon RDS DB Instance Running Microsoft
	// SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_SQLServerWinAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// For Oracle DB instances, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication to authenticate
	// users that connect to the DB instance. For more information, see Using Kerberos
	// Authentication with Amazon RDS for Oracle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-kerberos.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// For information about the supported DB engines, see CreateDBInstance.
	//
	// For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database
	// Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB
	// instance.
	//
	// For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
	// in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide.
	EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter
	// results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is eanbled for this request.
	//
	// For major version upgrades, if a nondefault DB parameter group is currently
	// in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the
	// new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the
	// default for that DB parameter group family.
	//
	// For information about valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance, or call
	// DescribeDBEngineVersions.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance.
	//
	// Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied
	// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter
	// is enabled for this request. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS to
	// standard storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a reboot
	// for the change in storage type to take effect.
	//
	// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
	// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
	// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
	// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
	// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
	// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
	// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
	// the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation.
	// While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended.
	// No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including
	// modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating
	// a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance.
	//
	// Constraints: For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied
	// must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not
	// at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they
	// are 10% greater than the current value.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The license model for the DB instance.
	//
	// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// The new password for the master user. The password can include any printable
	// ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion
	// of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues
	// element of the operation response.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster.
	// For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// MariaDB
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	//
	// Microsoft SQL Server
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
	//
	// MySQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	//
	// Oracle
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters.
	//
	// PostgreSQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
	//
	// Amazon RDS API actions never return the password, so this action provides
	// a way to regain access to a primary instance user if the password is lost.
	// This includes restoring privileges that might have been accidentally revoked.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The upper limit to which Amazon RDS can automatically scale the storage of
	// the DB instance.
	MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
	//
	// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
	// to a value other than 0.
	//
	// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
	// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
	// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
	// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
	// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	// Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied
	// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter
	// is enabled for this request.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance.
	// When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot occurs immediately
	// if you enable ApplyImmediately, or will occur during the next maintenance
	// window if you disable Apply Immediately. This value is stored as a lowercase
	// string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * The first character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example: mydbinstance
	NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
	// group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage except in the
	// following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window
	// unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is enabled for this request. If the
	// parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change
	// can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected
	// but existing connections are not interrupted.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The
	// KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the
	// KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon
	// RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption
	// key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption
	// key for each AWS Region.
	PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values
	// are 7 or 731 (2 years).
	PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	// Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed
	// by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi
	//
	//    * Must be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC)
	//
	//    * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window
	//
	//    * Must be at least 30 minutes
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
	// which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter doesn't result in
	// an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot,
	// and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing
	// this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window
	// to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current
	// time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Valid Values: 0 - 15
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When
	// the DB instance is publicly accessible, it is an Internet-facing instance
	// with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// PubliclyAccessible only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance
	// must be part of a public subnet and PubliclyAccessible must be enabled for
	// it to be publicly accessible.
	//
	// Changes to the PubliclyAccessible parameter are applied immediately regardless
	// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	// If you specify Provisioned IOPS (io1), you must also include a value for
	// the Iops parameter.
	//
	// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
	// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
	// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
	// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
	// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
	// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
	// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
	// the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation.
	// While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended.
	// No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including
	// modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating
	// a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance.
	//
	// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses
	// its default processor features.
	UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This
	// change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
	//
	// Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed
	// by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match existing VpcSecurityGroupIds.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBInstanceInput) String 

func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBInstanceOutput 

type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String 

func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBInstanceRequest 

type ModifyDBInstanceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyDBInstanceInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyDBInstanceInput) ModifyDBInstanceRequest
}

ModifyDBInstanceRequest is the request type for the ModifyDBInstance API operation.

func (ModifyDBInstanceRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyDBInstanceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyDBInstanceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyDBInstance API request.

type ModifyDBInstanceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyDBInstanceResponse struct {
	*ModifyDBInstanceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyDBInstanceResponse is the response type for the ModifyDBInstance API operation.

func (*ModifyDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyDBInstance request.

type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput 

type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
	//
	// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter
	// update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied;
	// later arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified
	// in a single request.
	//
	// Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot
	//
	// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
	// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
	// are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover.
	//
	// Parameters is a required field
	Parameters []Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBParameterGroupOutput added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyDBParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup or ResetDBParameterGroup action.

func (ModifyDBParameterGroupOutput) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest 

type ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest
}

ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the ModifyDBParameterGroup API operation.

func (ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyDBParameterGroup API request.

type ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*ModifyDBParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the ModifyDBParameterGroup API operation.

func (*ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyDBParameterGroup request.

type ModifyDBProxyInput added in v0.18.0 

type ModifyDBProxyInput struct {

	// The new authentication settings for the DBProxy.
	Auth []UserAuthConfig `type:"list"`

	// The identifier for the DBProxy to modify.
	//
	// DBProxyName is a required field
	DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Whether the proxy includes detailed information about SQL statements in its
	// logs. This information helps you to debug issues involving SQL behavior or
	// the performance and scalability of the proxy connections. The debug information
	// includes the text of SQL statements that you submit through the proxy. Thus,
	// only enable this setting when needed for debugging, and only when you have
	// security measures in place to safeguard any sensitive information that appears
	// in the logs.
	DebugLogging *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of seconds that a connection to the proxy can be inactive before
	// the proxy disconnects it. You can set this value higher or lower than the
	// connection timeout limit for the associated database.
	IdleClientTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The new identifier for the DBProxy. An identifier must begin with a letter
	// and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end with
	// a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	NewDBProxyName *string `type:"string"`

	// Whether Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption is required for connections
	// to the proxy. By enabling this setting, you can enforce encrypted TLS connections
	// to the proxy, even if the associated database doesn't use TLS.
	RequireTLS *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that the proxy uses to access
	// secrets in AWS Secrets Manager.
	RoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The new list of security groups for the DBProxy.
	SecurityGroups []string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBProxyInput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s ModifyDBProxyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBProxyInput) Validate added in v0.18.0 

func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBProxyOutput added in v0.18.0 

type ModifyDBProxyOutput struct {

	// The DBProxy object representing the new settings for the proxy.
	DBProxy *DBProxy `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBProxyOutput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s ModifyDBProxyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBProxyRequest added in v0.18.0 

type ModifyDBProxyRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyDBProxyInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyDBProxyInput) ModifyDBProxyRequest
}

ModifyDBProxyRequest is the request type for the ModifyDBProxy API operation.

func (ModifyDBProxyRequest) Send added in v0.18.0 

func (r ModifyDBProxyRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyDBProxyResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyDBProxy API request.

type ModifyDBProxyResponse added in v0.18.0 

type ModifyDBProxyResponse struct {
	*ModifyDBProxyOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyDBProxyResponse is the response type for the ModifyDBProxy API operation.

func (*ModifyDBProxyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.18.0 

func (r *ModifyDBProxyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyDBProxy request.

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput added in v0.18.0 

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput struct {

	// The settings that determine the size and behavior of the connection pool
	// for the target group.
	ConnectionPoolConfig *ConnectionPoolConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the new proxy to which to assign the target group.
	//
	// DBProxyName is a required field
	DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The new name for the modified DBProxyTarget. An identifier must begin with
	// a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't
	// end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	NewName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the new target group to assign to the proxy.
	//
	// TargetGroupName is a required field
	TargetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) Validate added in v0.18.0 

func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput added in v0.18.0 

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput struct {

	// The settings of the modified DBProxyTarget.
	DBProxyTargetGroup *DBProxyTargetGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest added in v0.18.0 

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest
}

ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest is the request type for the ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup API operation.

func (ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest) Send added in v0.18.0 

func (r ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup API request.

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupResponse added in v0.18.0 

type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupResponse struct {
	*ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupResponse is the response type for the ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup API operation.

func (*ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.18.0 

func (r *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup request.

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput 

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct {

	// The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify.
	//
	// To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// DB snapshot, set this value to restore.
	//
	// AttributeName is a required field
	AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for.
	//
	// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName.
	//
	// To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual snapshot, set
	// this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the manual
	// DB snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the all value for any
	// manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want
	// available to all AWS accounts.
	ValuesToAdd []string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`

	// A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by
	// AttributeName.
	//
	// To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, or
	// all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB
	// snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID is explicitly
	// added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot.
	ValuesToRemove []string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) String 

func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput 

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
	// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
	// API action.
	DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) String 

func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest 

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest
}

ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest is the request type for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API operation.

func (ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API request.

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse struct {
	*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse is the response type for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API operation.

func (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute request.

type ModifyDBSnapshotInput 

type ModifyDBSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the DB snapshot to modify.
	//
	// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The engine version to upgrade the DB snapshot to.
	//
	// The following are the database engines and engine versions that are available
	// when you upgrade a DB snapshot.
	//
	// MySQL
	//
	//    * 5.5.46 (supported for 5.1 DB snapshots)
	//
	// Oracle
	//
	//    * 12.1.0.2.v8 (supported for 12.1.0.1 DB snapshots)
	//
	//    * 11.2.0.4.v12 (supported for 11.2.0.2 DB snapshots)
	//
	//    * 11.2.0.4.v11 (supported for 11.2.0.3 DB snapshots)
	//
	// PostgreSQL
	//
	// For the list of engine versions that are available for upgrading a DB snapshot,
	// see Upgrading the PostgreSQL DB Engine for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.PostgreSQL.html#USER_UpgradeDBInstance.PostgreSQL.MajorVersion).
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The option group to identify with the upgraded DB snapshot.
	//
	// You can specify this parameter when you upgrade an Oracle DB snapshot. The
	// same option group considerations apply when upgrading a DB snapshot as when
	// upgrading a DB instance. For more information, see Option Group Considerations
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.html#USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.OGPG.OG)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBSnapshotInput) String 

func (s ModifyDBSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBSnapshotOutput 

type ModifyDBSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
	DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBSnapshotRequest 

type ModifyDBSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyDBSnapshotInput) ModifyDBSnapshotRequest
}

ModifyDBSnapshotRequest is the request type for the ModifyDBSnapshot API operation.

func (ModifyDBSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyDBSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyDBSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyDBSnapshot API request.

type ModifyDBSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyDBSnapshotResponse struct {
	*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyDBSnapshotResponse is the response type for the ModifyDBSnapshot API operation.

func (*ModifyDBSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyDBSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyDBSnapshot request.

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput 

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The description for the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	// You can't modify the default subnet group.
	//
	// Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be
	// default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	//
	// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
	//
	// SubnetIds is a required field
	SubnetIds []string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String 

func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput 

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	// action.
	DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String 

func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest 

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest
}

ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest is the request type for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation.

func (ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyDBSubnetGroup API request.

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse struct {
	*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse is the response type for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation.

func (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup request.

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether to activate the subscription.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to.
	// You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
	// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
	// action.
	EventCategories []string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
	// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to
	// it.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want
	// to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter
	// to db-instance. If this value isn't specified, all events are returned.
	//
	// Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription.
	//
	// SubscriptionName is a required field
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String 

func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String 

func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest
}

ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest is the request type for the ModifyEventSubscription API operation.

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyEventSubscription API request.

type ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse struct {
	*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse is the response type for the ModifyEventSubscription API operation.

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyEventSubscription request.

type ModifyGlobalClusterInput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyGlobalClusterInput struct {

	// Indicates if the global database cluster has deletion protection enabled.
	// The global database cluster can't be deleted when deletion protection is
	// enabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The DB cluster identifier for the global cluster being modified. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing global database cluster.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The new cluster identifier for the global database cluster when modifying
	// a global database cluster. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//    * The first character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-cluster2
	NewGlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyGlobalClusterInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifyGlobalClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyGlobalClusterOutput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyGlobalClusterOutput struct {

	// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
	GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyGlobalClusterOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifyGlobalClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyGlobalClusterRequest added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyGlobalClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyGlobalClusterInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyGlobalClusterInput) ModifyGlobalClusterRequest
}

ModifyGlobalClusterRequest is the request type for the ModifyGlobalCluster API operation.

func (ModifyGlobalClusterRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r ModifyGlobalClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyGlobalClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyGlobalCluster API request.

type ModifyGlobalClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyGlobalClusterResponse struct {
	*ModifyGlobalClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyGlobalClusterResponse is the response type for the ModifyGlobalCluster API operation.

func (*ModifyGlobalClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyGlobalClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyGlobalCluster request.

type ModifyOptionGroupInput 

type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether to apply the change immediately or during
	// the next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option
	// group.
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option group to be modified.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	//
	// OptionGroupName is a required field
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present,
	// the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration.
	OptionsToInclude []OptionConfiguration `locationNameList:"OptionConfiguration" type:"list"`

	// Options in this list are removed from the option group.
	OptionsToRemove []string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyOptionGroupInput) String 

func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyOptionGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyOptionGroupOutput 

type ModifyOptionGroupOutput struct {
	OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String 

func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyOptionGroupRequest 

type ModifyOptionGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyOptionGroupInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyOptionGroupInput) ModifyOptionGroupRequest
}

ModifyOptionGroupRequest is the request type for the ModifyOptionGroup API operation.

func (ModifyOptionGroupRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyOptionGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyOptionGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyOptionGroup API request.

type ModifyOptionGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyOptionGroupResponse struct {
	*ModifyOptionGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyOptionGroupResponse is the response type for the ModifyOptionGroup API operation.

func (*ModifyOptionGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyOptionGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyOptionGroup request.

type Option 

type Option struct {

	// If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows
	// access to the port.
	DBSecurityGroupMemberships []DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// The description of the option.
	OptionDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option.
	OptionName *string `type:"string"`

	// The option settings for this option.
	OptionSettings []OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`

	// The version of the option.
	OptionVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicate if this option is permanent.
	Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicate if this option is persistent.
	Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If required, the port configured for this option to use.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows
	// access to the port.
	VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Option details.

func (Option) String 

func (s Option) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionConfiguration 

type OptionConfiguration struct {

	// A list of DBSecurityGroupMembership name strings used for this option.
	DBSecurityGroupMemberships []string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The configuration of options to include in a group.
	//
	// OptionName is a required field
	OptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The option settings to include in an option group.
	OptionSettings []OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`

	// The version for the option.
	OptionVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The optional port for the option.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of VpcSecurityGroupMembership name strings used for this option.
	VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A list of all available options

func (OptionConfiguration) String 

func (s OptionConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OptionConfiguration) Validate 

func (s *OptionConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OptionGroup 

type OptionGroup struct {

	// Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC
	// instances. The value true indicates the option group can be applied to both
	// VPC and non-VPC instances.
	AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to.
	EngineName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group.
	OptionGroupArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides a description of the option group.
	OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the option group.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates what options are available in the option group.
	Options []Option `locationNameList:"Option" type:"list"`

	// If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, this field is blank. If
	// AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is true and this field is blank, then
	// this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this
	// field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances
	// that are in the VPC indicated by this field.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (OptionGroup) String 

func (s OptionGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionGroupMembership 

type OptionGroupMembership struct {

	// The name of the option group that the instance belongs to.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are:
	// in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal,
	// applying, removing, and failed.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of.

func (OptionGroupMembership) String 

func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionGroupOption 

type OptionGroupOption struct {

	// If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option.
	DefaultPort *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The description of the option.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the engine that this option can be applied to.
	EngineName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied.
	MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option
	// in an option group.
	OptionGroupOptionSettings []OptionGroupOptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOptionSetting" type:"list"`

	// The versions that are available for the option.
	OptionGroupOptionVersions []OptionVersion `locationNameList:"OptionVersion" type:"list"`

	// The options that conflict with this option.
	OptionsConflictsWith []string `locationNameList:"OptionConflictName" type:"list"`

	// The options that are prerequisites for this option.
	OptionsDependedOn []string `locationNameList:"OptionName" type:"list"`

	// Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group
	// containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance.
	Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances
	// are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances
	// from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option
	// group.
	Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies whether the option requires a port.
	PortRequired *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If true, you must enable the Auto Minor Version Upgrade setting for your
	// DB instance before you can use this option. You can enable Auto Minor Version
	// Upgrade when you first create your DB instance, or by modifying your DB instance
	// later.
	RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If true, you can change the option to an earlier version of the option. This
	// only applies to options that have different versions available.
	SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If true, you can only use this option with a DB instance that is in a VPC.
	VpcOnly *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Available option.

func (OptionGroupOption) String 

func (s OptionGroupOption) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionGroupOptionSetting 

type OptionGroupOptionSetting struct {

	// Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option.
	ApplyType *string `type:"string"`

	// The default value for the option group option.
	DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`

	// Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed
	// from the default value.
	IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Boolean value where true indicates that a value must be specified for this
	// option setting of the option group option.
	IsRequired *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The minimum DB engine version required for the corresponding allowed value
	// for this option setting.
	MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue []MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue `locationNameList:"MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue" type:"list"`

	// The description of the option group option.
	SettingDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option group option.
	SettingName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each option with their default values and other information. These values are used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action.

func (OptionGroupOptionSetting) String 

func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionSetting 

type OptionSetting struct {

	// The allowed values of the option setting.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB engine specific parameter type.
	ApplyType *string `type:"string"`

	// The data type of the option setting.
	DataType *string `type:"string"`

	// The default value of the option setting.
	DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the option setting.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection.
	IsCollection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified
	// from the default.
	IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option that has settings that you can set.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// The current value of the option setting.
	Value *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups. For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER that can have several different values.

func (OptionSetting) String 

func (s OptionSetting) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionVersion 

type OptionVersion struct {

	// True if the version is the default version of the option, and otherwise false.
	IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The version of the option.
	Version *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The version for an option. Option group option versions are returned by the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action.

func (OptionVersion) String 

func (s OptionVersion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OrderableDBInstanceOption 

type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct {

	// A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance.
	AvailabilityZones []AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// A list of the available processor features for the DB instance class of a
	// DB instance.
	AvailableProcessorFeatures []AvailableProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"AvailableProcessorFeature" type:"list"`

	// The DB instance class for a DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The engine type of a DB instance.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The engine version of a DB instance.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The license model for a DB instance.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance.
	MaxIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance.
	MaxIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Maximum storage size for a DB instance.
	MaxStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance.
	MinIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance.
	MinIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Minimum storage size for a DB instance.
	MinStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable.
	MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether a DB instance can have a Read Replica.
	ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates the storage type for a DB instance.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the supported DB engine modes.
	SupportedEngineModes []string `type:"list"`

	// Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals
	// from 1 to 60 seconds.
	SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication.
	SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS.
	SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Whether a DB instance supports Kerberos Authentication.
	SupportsKerberosAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// True if a DB instance supports Performance Insights, otherwise false.
	SupportsPerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Whether or not Amazon RDS can automatically scale storage for DB instances
	// that use the specified instance class.
	SupportsStorageAutoscaling *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage.
	SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC.
	Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains a list of available options for a DB instance.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action.

func (OrderableDBInstanceOption) String 

func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Parameter 

type Parameter struct {

	// Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates when to apply parameter updates.
	ApplyMethod ApplyMethod `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the engine specific parameters type.
	ApplyType *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the valid data type for the parameter.
	DataType *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides a description of the parameter.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some
	// parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from
	// being changed.
	IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
	MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the parameter.
	ParameterName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the value of the parameter.
	ParameterValue *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the source of the parameter value.
	Source *string `type:"string"`

	// The valid DB engine modes.
	SupportedEngineModes []string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a request parameter in the ModifyDBParameterGroup and ResetDBParameterGroup actions.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters and DescribeDBParameters actions.

func (Parameter) String 

func (s Parameter) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PendingCloudwatchLogsExports added in v0.3.0 

type PendingCloudwatchLogsExports struct {

	// Log types that are in the process of being enabled. After they are enabled,
	// these log types are exported to CloudWatch Logs.
	LogTypesToDisable []string `type:"list"`

	// Log types that are in the process of being deactivated. After they are deactivated,
	// these log types aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs.
	LogTypesToEnable []string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated.

func (PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) String added in v0.3.0 

func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PendingMaintenanceAction 

type PendingMaintenanceAction struct {

	// The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource.
	// Valid actions are system-update, db-upgrade, hardware-maintenance, and ca-certificate-rotation.
	Action *string `type:"string"`

	// The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance
	// action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after
	// this date.
	AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the
	// resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the
	// ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the ForcedApplyDate.
	// This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing
	// has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate.
	CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A description providing more detail about the maintenance action.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. The maintenance
	// action is applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance
	// window for the resource.
	ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource.
	OptInStatus *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource.

func (PendingMaintenanceAction) String 

func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PendingModifiedValues 

type PendingModifiedValues struct {

	// Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied
	// or is currently being applied.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance.
	CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied
	// or is currently being applied.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied
	// or is currently being applied.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The new DB subnet group for the DB instance.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the database engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be
	// applied or is currently being applied.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The license model for the DB instance.
	//
	// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials
	// for the DB instance.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words,
	// these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated.
	PendingCloudwatchLogsExports *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the pending port for the DB instance.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance action.

func (PendingModifiedValues) String 

func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ProcessorFeature added in v0.5.0 

type ProcessorFeature struct {

	// The name of the processor feature. Valid names are coreCount and threadsPerCore.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// The value of a processor feature name.
	Value *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the processor features of a DB instance class.

To specify the number of CPU cores, use the coreCount feature name for the Name parameter. To specify the number of threads per core, use the threadsPerCore feature name for the Name parameter.

You can set the processor features of the DB instance class for a DB instance when you call one of the following actions:

  • CreateDBInstance

  • ModifyDBInstance

  • RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot

  • RestoreDBInstanceFromS3

  • RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime

You can view the valid processor values for a particular instance class by calling the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action and specifying the instance class for the DBInstanceClass parameter.

In addition, you can use the following actions for DB instance class processor information:

  • DescribeDBInstances

  • DescribeDBSnapshots

  • DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications

For more information, see Configuring the Processor of the DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

func (ProcessorFeature) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ProcessorFeature) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput 

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct {

	// The identifier of the DB cluster Read Replica to promote. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster Read Replica.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster-replica1
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String 

func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate 

func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput 

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster,
	// and StartDBCluster actions.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String 

func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest 

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput
	Copy  func(*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest
}

PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest is the request type for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API operation.

func (PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest) Send 

func (r PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API request.

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse struct {
	*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse is the response type for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API operation.

func (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster request.

type PromoteReadReplicaInput 

type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct {

	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
	// parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to
	// 0 disables automated backups.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be a value from 0 to 35.
	//
	//    * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing Read Replica DB instance.
	//
	// Example: mydbinstance
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
	// of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting
	// the Preferred Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//    * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//    * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//    * Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PromoteReadReplicaInput) String 

func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PromoteReadReplicaInput) Validate 

func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PromoteReadReplicaOutput 

type PromoteReadReplicaOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String 

func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PromoteReadReplicaRequest 

type PromoteReadReplicaRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *PromoteReadReplicaInput
	Copy  func(*PromoteReadReplicaInput) PromoteReadReplicaRequest
}

PromoteReadReplicaRequest is the request type for the PromoteReadReplica API operation.

func (PromoteReadReplicaRequest) Send 

func (r PromoteReadReplicaRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PromoteReadReplicaResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the PromoteReadReplica API request.

type PromoteReadReplicaResponse added in v0.9.0 

type PromoteReadReplicaResponse struct {
	*PromoteReadReplicaOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PromoteReadReplicaResponse is the response type for the PromoteReadReplica API operation.

func (*PromoteReadReplicaResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *PromoteReadReplicaResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PromoteReadReplica request.

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput 

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct {

	// The number of instances to reserve.
	//
	// Default: 1
	DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation.
	//
	// Example: myreservationID
	ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase.
	//
	// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
	//
	// ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId is a required field
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) String 

func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) Validate 

func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput 

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput struct {

	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
	// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.
	ReservedDBInstance *ReservedDBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) String 

func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest 

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput
	Copy  func(*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest
}

PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest is the request type for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering API operation.

func (PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest) Send 

func (r PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering API request.

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse added in v0.9.0 

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse struct {
	*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse is the response type for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering API operation.

func (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering request.

type Range added in v0.2.0 

type Range struct {

	// The minimum value in the range.
	From *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to
	// 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step
	// up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value
	// for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000...
	Step *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The maximum value in the range.
	To *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A range of integer values.

func (Range) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s Range) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RebootDBInstanceInput 

type RebootDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A value that indicates whether the reboot is conducted through a Multi-AZ
	// failover.
	//
	// Constraint: You can't enable force failover if the instance isn't configured
	// for Multi-AZ.
	ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RebootDBInstanceInput) String 

func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate 

func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RebootDBInstanceOutput 

type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RebootDBInstanceOutput) String 

func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RebootDBInstanceRequest 

type RebootDBInstanceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RebootDBInstanceInput
	Copy  func(*RebootDBInstanceInput) RebootDBInstanceRequest
}

RebootDBInstanceRequest is the request type for the RebootDBInstance API operation.

func (RebootDBInstanceRequest) Send 

func (r RebootDBInstanceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RebootDBInstanceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RebootDBInstance API request.

type RebootDBInstanceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RebootDBInstanceResponse struct {
	*RebootDBInstanceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RebootDBInstanceResponse is the response type for the RebootDBInstance API operation.

func (*RebootDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RebootDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RebootDBInstance request.

type RecurringCharge 

type RecurringCharge struct {

	// The amount of the recurring charge.
	RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The frequency of the recurring charge.
	RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances and DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings actions.

func (RecurringCharge) String 

func (s RecurringCharge) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput added in v0.18.0 

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput struct {

	// One or more DB cluster identifiers.
	DBClusterIdentifiers []string `type:"list"`

	// One or more DB instance identifiers.
	DBInstanceIdentifiers []string `type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the DBProxy that is associated with the DBProxyTargetGroup.
	//
	// DBProxyName is a required field
	DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup.
	TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate added in v0.18.0 

func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput added in v0.18.0 

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput struct {

	// One or more DBProxyTarget objects that are created when you register targets
	// with a target group.
	DBProxyTargets []DBProxyTarget `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest added in v0.18.0 

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput
	Copy  func(*RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest
}

RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest is the request type for the RegisterDBProxyTargets API operation.

func (RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest) Send added in v0.18.0 

func (r RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RegisterDBProxyTargetsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RegisterDBProxyTargets API request.

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsResponse added in v0.18.0 

type RegisterDBProxyTargetsResponse struct {
	*RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RegisterDBProxyTargetsResponse is the response type for the RegisterDBProxyTargets API operation.

func (*RegisterDBProxyTargetsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.18.0 

func (r *RegisterDBProxyTargetsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RegisterDBProxyTargets request.

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput added in v0.6.0 

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) identifying the cluster that was detached
	// from the Aurora global database cluster.
	DbClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The cluster identifier to detach from the Aurora global database cluster.
	GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput added in v0.6.0 

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput struct {

	// A data type representing an Aurora global database.
	GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest added in v0.6.0 

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput
	Copy  func(*RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest
}

RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest is the request type for the RemoveFromGlobalCluster API operation.

func (RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RemoveFromGlobalClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RemoveFromGlobalCluster API request.

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RemoveFromGlobalClusterResponse struct {
	*RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RemoveFromGlobalClusterResponse is the response type for the RemoveFromGlobalCluster API operation.

func (*RemoveFromGlobalClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RemoveFromGlobalClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RemoveFromGlobalCluster request.

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput 

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster to disassociate the IAM role from.
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the feature for the DB cluster that the IAM role is to be disassociated
	// from. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
	FeatureName *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the Aurora
	// DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole.
	//
	// RoleArn is a required field
	RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) String 

func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) Validate 

func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput 

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) String 

func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest 

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput
	Copy  func(*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest
}

RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest is the request type for the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster API operation.

func (RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest) Send 

func (r RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster API request.

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterResponse struct {
	*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RemoveRoleFromDBClusterResponse is the response type for the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster API operation.

func (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster request.

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput added in v0.8.0 

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The name of the DB instance to disassociate the IAM role from.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the feature for the DB instance that the IAM role is to be disassociated
	// from. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
	//
	// FeatureName is a required field
	FeatureName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the DB
	// instance, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole.
	//
	// RoleArn is a required field
	RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput added in v0.8.0 

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest added in v0.8.0 

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput
	Copy  func(*RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest
}

RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest is the request type for the RemoveRoleFromDBInstance API operation.

func (RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest) Send added in v0.8.0 

func (r RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RemoveRoleFromDBInstance API request.

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceResponse struct {
	*RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceResponse is the response type for the RemoveRoleFromDBInstance API operation.

func (*RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RemoveRoleFromDBInstance request.

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput 

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB
	// instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group.
	//
	// SourceIdentifier is a required field
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a
	// source identifier from.
	//
	// SubscriptionName is a required field
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String 

func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate 

func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput 

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String 

func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest 

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput
	Copy  func(*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest
}

RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest is the request type for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API operation.

func (RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest) Send 

func (r RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API request.

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse struct {
	*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse is the response type for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API operation.

func (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription request.

type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput 

type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct {

	// The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are removed from. This value is an
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
	// an ARN for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// ResourceName is a required field
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed.
	//
	// TagKeys is a required field
	TagKeys []string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String 

func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate 

func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput 

type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String 

func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest 

type RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput
	Copy  func(*RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest
}

RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest is the request type for the RemoveTagsFromResource API operation.

func (RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest) Send 

func (r RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RemoveTagsFromResource API request.

type RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse struct {
	*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse is the response type for the RemoveTagsFromResource API operation.

func (*RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RemoveTagsFromResource request.

type ReservedDBInstance 

type ReservedDBInstance struct {

	// The currency code for the reserved DB instance.
	CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of reserved DB instances.
	DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The duration of the reservation in seconds.
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance.
	FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The unique identifier for the lease associated with the reserved DB instance.
	//
	// AWS Support might request the lease ID for an issue related to a reserved
	// DB instance.
	LeaseId *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type of this reserved DB instance.
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the reserved DB instance.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
	RecurringCharges []RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance.
	ReservedDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier for the reservation.
	ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The offering identifier.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`

	// The time the reservation started.
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The state of the reserved DB instance.
	State *string `type:"string"`

	// The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance.
	UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.

func (ReservedDBInstance) String 

func (s ReservedDBInstance) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ReservedDBInstancesOffering 

type ReservedDBInstancesOffering struct {

	// The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering.
	CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The duration of the offering in seconds.
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The fixed price charged for this offering.
	FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type.
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine used by the offering.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
	RecurringCharges []RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`

	// The offering identifier.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`

	// The hourly price charged for this offering.
	UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings action.

func (ReservedDBInstancesOffering) String 

func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput 

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset.
	//
	// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the
	// default values. You can't use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter
	// is enabled.
	Parameters []Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to reset all parameters in the DB cluster
	// parameter group to their default values. You can't use this parameter if
	// there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter.
	ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String 

func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest 

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest
}

ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API request.

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ResetDBClusterParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup request.

type ResetDBParameterGroupInput 

type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
	//
	// DBParameterGroupName is a required field
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name
	// and ResetAllParameters parameters. To reset specific parameters, provide
	// a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters
	// can be modified in a single request.
	//
	// MySQL
	//
	// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
	//
	// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
	// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
	// are applied when DB instance reboots.
	//
	// MariaDB
	//
	// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
	//
	// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
	// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
	// are applied when DB instance reboots.
	//
	// Oracle
	//
	// Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot
	Parameters []Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to reset all parameters in the DB parameter
	// group to default values. By default, all parameters in the DB parameter group
	// are reset to default values.
	ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ResetDBParameterGroupOutput 

type ResetDBParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup or ResetDBParameterGroup action.

func (ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) String 

func (s ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ResetDBParameterGroupRequest 

type ResetDBParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*ResetDBParameterGroupInput) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest
}

ResetDBParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the ResetDBParameterGroup API operation.

func (ResetDBParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r ResetDBParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ResetDBParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ResetDBParameterGroup API request.

type ResetDBParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ResetDBParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*ResetDBParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ResetDBParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the ResetDBParameterGroup API operation.

func (*ResetDBParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ResetDBParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ResetDBParameterGroup request.

type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions 

type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct {

	// A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the
	// resource.
	PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"`

	// The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions.
	ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.

func (ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String 

func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input 

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct {

	// A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the restored DB cluster
	// can be created.
	AvailabilityZones []string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this
	// value to 0.
	//
	// Default: 0
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72
	//    hours).
	BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster
	// are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated
	// with the specified CharacterSet.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster
	// to snapshots of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the Amazon S3
	// bucket. This parameter is isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster1
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored
	// DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 is used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The
	// domain must be created prior to this operation.
	//
	// For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication
	// to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster. For more information,
	// see Using Kerberos Authentication for Aurora MySQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurmysql-kerberos.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch
	// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more
	// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []string `type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	//
	// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster.
	//
	// Valid Values: aurora, aurora-postgresql
	//
	// Engine is a required field
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version number of the database engine to use.
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible
	// Aurora), use the following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-mysql (for MySQL
	// 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-postgresql, use the
	// following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	//
	// Aurora MySQL
	//
	// Example: 5.6.10a, 5.6.mysql_aurora.1.19.2, 5.7.12, 5.7.mysql_aurora.2.04.5
	//
	// Aurora PostgreSQL
	//
	// Example: 9.6.3, 10.7
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
	//
	// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value
	// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
	// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
	// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
	// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	//
	// MasterUserPassword is a required field
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	// MasterUsername is a required field
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated
	// with the specified option group.
	//
	// Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. An option group
	// can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept
	// connections.
	//
	// Default: 3306
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
	// of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting
	// the Preferred Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//    * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//    * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//    * Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
	// of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see
	// the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the
	// Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	//
	// S3BucketName is a required field
	S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management
	// (IAM) role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3 bucket on your
	// behalf.
	//
	// S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field
	S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create
	// the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a SourceS3Prefix value,
	// then the Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in
	// the Amazon S3 bucket.
	S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files
	// stored in the Amazon S3 bucket.
	//
	// Valid values: mysql
	//
	// SourceEngine is a required field
	SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version of the database that the backup files were created from.
	//
	// MySQL version 5.5 and 5.6 are supported.
	//
	// Example: 5.6.22
	//
	// SourceEngineVersion is a required field
	SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A value that indicates whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the restored DB cluster.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) String 

func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) Validate 

func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output 

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster,
	// and StartDBCluster actions.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) String 

func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request 

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input
	Copy  func(*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request
}

RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request is the request type for the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 API operation.

func (RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request) Send 

func (r RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Response, error)

Send marshals and sends the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 API request.

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Response added in v0.9.0 

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Response struct {
	*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RestoreDBClusterFromS3Response is the response type for the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 API operation.

func (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Response) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Response) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 request.

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput 

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct {

	// Provides the list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the restored
	// DB cluster can be created.
	AvailabilityZones []string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this
	// value to 0.
	//
	// Default: 0
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72
	//    hours).
	BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster
	// to snapshots of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
	// This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-id
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster.
	// If this argument is omitted, the default DB cluster parameter group for the
	// specified engine is used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing default DB cluster parameter
	//    group.
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB subnet group.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The
	// domain must be created prior to this operation.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more
	// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []string `type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	//
	// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
	//
	// Default: The same as source
	//
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
	//
	// Engine is a required field
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned, serverless, parallelquery,
	// global, or multimaster.
	EngineMode *string `type:"string"`

	// The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible
	// Aurora), use the following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-mysql (for MySQL
	// 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	//
	// To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-postgresql, use the
	// following command:
	//
	// aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion"
	//
	// If you aren't using the default engine version, then you must specify the
	// engine version.
	//
	// Aurora MySQL
	//
	// Example: 5.6.10a, 5.6.mysql_aurora.1.19.2, 5.7.12, 5.7.mysql_aurora.2.04.5
	//
	// Aurora PostgreSQL
	//
	// Example: 9.6.3, 10.7
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster
	// from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
	// occurs:
	//
	//    * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted,
	//    then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used
	//    to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
	//
	//    * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier isn't
	//    encrypted, then the restored DB cluster isn't encrypted.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: This value must be 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the
	// DB cluster.
	ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from.
	//
	// You can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify
	// a DB cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB
	// snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing Snapshot.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String 

func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput 

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster,
	// and StartDBCluster actions.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest 

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest
}

RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest is the request type for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation.

func (RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API request.

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse struct {
	*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse is the response type for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation.

func (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot request.

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput 

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct {

	// The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this
	// value to 0.
	//
	// Default: 0
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72
	//    hours).
	BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"`

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster
	// to snapshots of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the new DB cluster to be created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster.
	// If this argument is omitted, the default DB cluster parameter group for the
	// specified engine is used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter
	//    group.
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled.
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The
	// domain must be created prior to this operation.
	//
	// For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication
	// to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster. For more information,
	// see Using Kerberos Authentication for Aurora MySQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurmysql-kerberos.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch
	// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more
	// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []string `type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	//
	// For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster
	// from an encrypted DB cluster.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a
	// KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB
	// cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the
	// KmsKeyId parameter.
	//
	// If you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
	// occurs:
	//
	//    * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted
	//    using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster.
	//
	//    * If the DB cluster isn't encrypted, then the restored DB cluster isn't
	//    encrypted.
	//
	// If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that isn't encrypted, then
	// the restore request is rejected.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option group for the new DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: A value from 1150-65535.
	//
	// Default: The default port for the engine.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The date and time to restore the DB cluster to.
	//
	// Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance
	//
	//    * Must be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter isn't provided
	//
	//    * Can't be specified if the UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled
	//
	//    * Can't be specified if the RestoreType parameter is copy-on-write
	//
	// Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z
	RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following
	// values:
	//
	//    * full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source
	//    DB cluster.
	//
	//    * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source
	//    DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: You can't specify copy-on-write if the engine version of the
	// source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11.
	//
	// If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored
	// as a full copy of the source DB cluster.
	RestoreType *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
	//
	// SourceDBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable
	// backup time. By default, the DB cluster isn't restored to the latest restorable
	// backup time.
	//
	// Constraints: Can't be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided.
	UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String 

func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate 

func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput 

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster,
	// and StartDBCluster actions.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String 

func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest 

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput
	Copy  func(*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest
}

RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest is the request type for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation.

func (RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest) Send 

func (r RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API request.

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse struct {
	*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse is the response type for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation.

func (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime request.

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput 

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether minor version upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the DB instance during the maintenance window.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the DB instance will be created.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
	//
	// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance
	// is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1a
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB instance
	// to snapshots of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example,
	// db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions,
	// or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and
	// availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 numbers, letters, or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-id
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The database name for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// This parameter doesn't apply to the MySQL, PostgreSQL, or MariaDB engines.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default
	// DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine is used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot.
	//
	//    * If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier
	//    must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
	//
	// DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB
	// Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB instance in.
	// The domain must be created prior to this operation. Currently, only Microsoft
	// SQL Server and Oracle DB instances can be created in an Active Directory
	// Domain.
	//
	// For Microsoft SQL Server DB instances, Amazon RDS can use Windows Authentication
	// to authenticate users that connect to the DB instance. For more information,
	// see Using Windows Authentication with an Amazon RDS DB Instance Running Microsoft
	// SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_SQLServerWinAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// For Oracle DB instances, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication to authenticate
	// users that connect to the DB instance. For more information, see Using Kerberos
	// Authentication with Amazon RDS for Oracle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-kerberos.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch
	// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more
	// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []string `type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// For information about the supported DB engines, see CreateDBInstance.
	//
	// For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database
	// Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The database engine to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Default: The same as source
	//
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source. For example,
	// you can restore a MariaDB 10.1 DB instance from a MySQL 5.6 snapshot.
	//
	// Valid Values:
	//
	//    * mariadb
	//
	//    * mysql
	//
	//    * oracle-ee
	//
	//    * oracle-se2
	//
	//    * oracle-se1
	//
	//    * oracle-se
	//
	//    * postgres
	//
	//    * sqlserver-ee
	//
	//    * sqlserver-se
	//
	//    * sqlserver-ex
	//
	//    * sqlserver-web
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in
	// I/O operations per second. If this parameter isn't specified, the IOPS value
	// is taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance
	// is converted to a non-PIOPS instance. The conversion takes additional time,
	// though your DB instance is available for connections before the conversion
	// starts.
	//
	// The provisioned IOPS value must follow the requirements for your database
	// engine. For more information, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to
	// Improve Performance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// License model information for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Default: Same as source.
	//
	// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	//
	// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance
	// is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB instance
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When
	// the DB instance is publicly accessible, it is an Internet-facing instance
	// with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more information,
	// see CreateDBInstance.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses
	// its default processor features.
	UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) String 

func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput 

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest 

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest
}

RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest is the request type for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot API operation.

func (RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot API request.

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse struct {
	*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse is the response type for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot API operation.

func (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot request.

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input added in v0.2.0 

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input struct {

	// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to allocate initially for the DB instance.
	// Follow the allocation rules specified in CreateDBInstance.
	//
	// Be sure to allocate enough memory for your new DB instance so that the restore
	// operation can succeed. You can also allocate additional memory for future
	// growth.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the DB instance during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine
	// upgrades are not applied automatically.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information
	// about AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS
	// Region.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1d
	//
	// Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the DB instance
	// is a Multi-AZ deployment. The specified Availability Zone must be in the
	// same AWS Region as the current endpoint.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
	// parameter to a positive number enables backups. For more information, see
	// CreateDBInstance.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots
	// of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large.
	// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all
	// database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability
	// for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Importing from Amazon S3 isn't supported on the db.t2.micro DB instance class.
	//
	// DBInstanceClass is a required field
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Example: mydbinstance
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. Follow
	// the naming rules specified in CreateDBInstance.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default
	// DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine is used.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// Default: The default DB security group for the database engine.
	DBSecurityGroups []string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB
	// Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch
	// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more
	// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []string `type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// For information about the supported DB engines, see CreateDBInstance.
	//
	// For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database
	// Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB
	// instance.
	//
	// For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html)
	// in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide.
	EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.
	//
	// Valid Values: mysql
	//
	// Engine is a required field
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version number of the database engine to use. Choose the latest minor
	// version of your database engine. For information about engine versions, see
	// CreateDBInstance, or call DescribeDBEngineVersions.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to allocate
	// initially for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops values, see
	// Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can
	// use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
	//
	// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value
	// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
	// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
	// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The license model for this DB instance. Use general-public-license.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the master user. The password can include any printable
	// ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The name for the master user.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0.
	//
	// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
	// to a value other than 0.
	//
	// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	//
	// Default: 0
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
	// to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
	// For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting Up and Enabling
	// Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
	// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	// If the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment, you can't set the AvailabilityZone
	// parameter.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option group to associate with this DB instance. If this
	// argument is omitted, the default option group for the specified engine is
	// used.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The
	// KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or
	// the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon
	// RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption
	// key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption
	// key for each AWS Region.
	PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values
	// are 7 or 731 (2 years).
	PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: 3306
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The time range each day during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled. For more information, see The Backup Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//    * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//    * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//    * Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance
	// Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi.
	//
	//    * Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
	//
	//    * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//    * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window.
	//
	//    * Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When
	// the DB instance is publicly accessible, it is an Internet-facing instance
	// with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more information,
	// see CreateDBInstance.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of your Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database backup file.
	//
	// S3BucketName is a required field
	S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to allow Amazon RDS to access
	// your Amazon S3 bucket.
	//
	// S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field
	S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The prefix of your Amazon S3 bucket.
	S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the engine of your source database.
	//
	// Valid Values: mysql
	//
	// SourceEngine is a required field
	SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The engine version of your source database.
	//
	// Valid Values: 5.6
	//
	// SourceEngineVersion is a required field
	SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A value that indicates whether the new DB instance is encrypted or not.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise gp2
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags to associate with this DB instance. For more information,
	// see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses
	// its default processor features.
	UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output added in v0.2.0 

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request added in v0.2.0 

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input
	Copy  func(*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request
}

RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request is the request type for the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 API operation.

func (RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request) Send added in v0.2.0 

func (r RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response, error)

Send marshals and sends the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 API request.

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response added in v0.9.0 

type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response struct {
	*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response is the response type for the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 API operation.

func (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 request.

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput 

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether minor version upgrades are applied automatically
	// to the DB instance during the maintenance window.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Availability Zone (AZ) where the DB instance will be created.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
	//
	// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance
	// is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1a
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB instance
	// to snapshots of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example,
	// db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions,
	// or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and
	// availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The database name for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// This parameter isn't used for the MySQL or MariaDB engines.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default
	// DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine is used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup.
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled.
	// The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default,
	// deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB
	// Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html).
	DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB instance in.
	// The domain must be created prior to this operation. Currently, only Microsoft
	// SQL Server and Oracle DB instances can be created in an Active Directory
	// Domain.
	//
	// For Microsoft SQL Server DB instances, Amazon RDS can use Windows Authentication
	// to authenticate users that connect to the DB instance. For more information,
	// see Using Windows Authentication with an Amazon RDS DB Instance Running Microsoft
	// SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_SQLServerWinAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// For Oracle DB instances, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication to authenticate
	// users that connect to the DB instance. For more information, see Using Kerberos
	// Authentication with Amazon RDS for Oracle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-kerberos.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch
	// Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more
	// information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []string `type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access
	// Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping is disabled.
	// For information about the supported DB engines, see CreateDBInstance.
	//
	// For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database
	// Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The database engine to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Default: The same as source
	//
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
	//
	// Valid Values:
	//
	//    * mariadb
	//
	//    * mysql
	//
	//    * oracle-ee
	//
	//    * oracle-se2
	//
	//    * oracle-se1
	//
	//    * oracle-se
	//
	//    * postgres
	//
	//    * sqlserver-ee
	//
	//    * sqlserver-se
	//
	//    * sqlserver-ex
	//
	//    * sqlserver-web
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
	//
	// SQL Server
	//
	// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine isn't supported.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// License model information for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Default: Same as source.
	//
	// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	//
	// Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance
	// is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB instance.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance
	// class of the DB instance.
	ProcessorFeatures []ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. When
	// the DB instance is publicly accessible, it is an Internet-facing instance
	// with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address.
	// When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal instance
	// with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. For more information,
	// see CreateDBInstance.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The date and time to restore from.
	//
	// Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance
	//
	//    * Can't be specified if the UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled
	//
	// Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z
	RestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance.
	SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The resource ID of the source DB instance from which to restore.
	SourceDbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The name of the new DB instance to be created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// TargetDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses
	// its default processor features.
	UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that indicates whether the DB instance is restored from the latest
	// backup time. By default, the DB instance isn't restored from the latest backup
	// time.
	//
	// Constraints: Can't be specified if the RestoreTime parameter is provided.
	UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) String 

func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) Validate 

func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput 

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) String 

func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest 

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput
	Copy  func(*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest
}

RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest is the request type for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime API operation.

func (RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest) Send 

func (r RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime API request.

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse struct {
	*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse is the response type for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime API operation.

func (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime request.

type RestoreWindow added in v0.6.0 

type RestoreWindow struct {

	// The earliest time you can restore an instance to.
	EarliestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The latest time you can restore an instance to.
	LatestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Earliest and latest time an instance can be restored to:

func (RestoreWindow) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s RestoreWindow) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput 

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP
	// is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// can't be provided.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from.
	//
	// DBSecurityGroupName is a required field
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
	// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
	// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in
	// the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS access key ID isn't an acceptable
	// value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
	// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
	// must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String 

func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate 

func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput 

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// action.
	DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String 

func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest 

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput
	Copy  func(*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest
}

RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest is the request type for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation.

func (RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest) Send 

func (r RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress API request.

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse struct {
	*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse is the response type for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation.

func (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress request.

type ScalingConfiguration added in v0.5.0 

type ScalingConfiguration struct {

	// A value that indicates whether to allow or disallow automatic pause for an
	// Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. A DB cluster can be paused
	// only when it's idle (it has no connections).
	//
	// If a DB cluster is paused for more than seven days, the DB cluster might
	// be backed up with a snapshot. In this case, the DB cluster is restored when
	// there is a request to connect to it.
	AutoPause *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The maximum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.
	//
	// For Aurora MySQL, valid capacity values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,
	// and 256.
	//
	// For Aurora PostgreSQL, valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 192,
	// and 384.
	//
	// The maximum capacity must be greater than or equal to the minimum capacity.
	MaxCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The minimum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.
	//
	// For Aurora MySQL, valid capacity values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,
	// and 256.
	//
	// For Aurora PostgreSQL, valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 192,
	// and 384.
	//
	// The minimum capacity must be less than or equal to the maximum capacity.
	MinCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The time, in seconds, before an Aurora DB cluster in serverless mode is paused.
	SecondsUntilAutoPause *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The action to take when the timeout is reached, either ForceApplyCapacityChange
	// or RollbackCapacityChange.
	//
	// ForceApplyCapacityChange sets the capacity to the specified value as soon
	// as possible.
	//
	// RollbackCapacityChange, the default, ignores the capacity change if a scaling
	// point isn't found in the timeout period.
	//
	// If you specify ForceApplyCapacityChange, connections that prevent Aurora
	// Serverless from finding a scaling point might be dropped.
	//
	// For more information, see Autoscaling for Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.how-it-works.html#aurora-serverless.how-it-works.auto-scaling)
	// in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.
	TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless DB cluster.

For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

func (ScalingConfiguration) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ScalingConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ScalingConfigurationInfo added in v0.5.0 

type ScalingConfigurationInfo struct {

	// A value that indicates whether automatic pause is allowed for the Aurora
	// DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.
	//
	// When the value is set to false for an Aurora Serverless DB cluster, the DB
	// cluster automatically resumes.
	AutoPause *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The maximum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.
	MaxCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The maximum capacity for the Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.
	MinCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The remaining amount of time, in seconds, before the Aurora DB cluster in
	// serverless mode is paused. A DB cluster can be paused only when it's idle
	// (it has no connections).
	SecondsUntilAutoPause *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The timeout action of a call to ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity, either ForceApplyCapacityChange
	// or RollbackCapacityChange.
	TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Shows the scaling configuration for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.

For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

func (ScalingConfigurationInfo) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ScalingConfigurationInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SourceRegion 

type SourceRegion struct {

	// The endpoint for the source AWS Region endpoint.
	Endpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the source AWS Region.
	RegionName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the source AWS Region.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains an AWS Region name as the result of a successful call to the DescribeSourceRegions action.

func (SourceRegion) String 

func (s SourceRegion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SourceType 

type SourceType string
const (
	SourceTypeDbInstance        SourceType = "db-instance"
	SourceTypeDbParameterGroup  SourceType = "db-parameter-group"
	SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup   SourceType = "db-security-group"
	SourceTypeDbSnapshot        SourceType = "db-snapshot"
	SourceTypeDbCluster         SourceType = "db-cluster"
	SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot SourceType = "db-cluster-snapshot"
)

Enum values for SourceType

func (SourceType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum SourceType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (SourceType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum SourceType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type StartActivityStreamInput added in v0.10.0 

type StartActivityStreamInput struct {

	// Specifies whether or not the database activity stream is to start as soon
	// as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encrypting messages in the database activity
	// stream. The key identifier can be either a key ID, a key ARN, or a key alias.
	//
	// KmsKeyId is a required field
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the mode of the database activity stream. Database events such
	// as a change or access generate an activity stream event. The database session
	// can handle these events either synchronously or asynchronously.
	//
	// Mode is a required field
	Mode ActivityStreamMode `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster.
	//
	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartActivityStreamInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s StartActivityStreamInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartActivityStreamInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartActivityStreamOutput added in v0.10.0 

type StartActivityStreamOutput struct {

	// Indicates whether or not the database activity stream will start as soon
	// as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream to be used for the database activity
	// stream.
	KinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of messages in the database activity
	// stream.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The mode of the database activity stream.
	Mode ActivityStreamMode `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The status of the database activity stream.
	Status ActivityStreamStatus `type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartActivityStreamOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s StartActivityStreamOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartActivityStreamRequest added in v0.10.0 

type StartActivityStreamRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *StartActivityStreamInput
	Copy  func(*StartActivityStreamInput) StartActivityStreamRequest
}

StartActivityStreamRequest is the request type for the StartActivityStream API operation.

func (StartActivityStreamRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r StartActivityStreamRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartActivityStreamResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the StartActivityStream API request.

type StartActivityStreamResponse added in v0.10.0 

type StartActivityStreamResponse struct {
	*StartActivityStreamOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

StartActivityStreamResponse is the response type for the StartActivityStream API operation.

func (*StartActivityStreamResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *StartActivityStreamResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartActivityStream request.

type StartDBClusterInput added in v0.5.0 

type StartDBClusterInput struct {

	// The DB cluster identifier of the Amazon Aurora DB cluster to be started.
	// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartDBClusterInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s StartDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartDBClusterInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *StartDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartDBClusterOutput added in v0.5.0 

type StartDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster,
	// and StartDBCluster actions.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartDBClusterOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s StartDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartDBClusterRequest added in v0.5.0 

type StartDBClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *StartDBClusterInput
	Copy  func(*StartDBClusterInput) StartDBClusterRequest
}

StartDBClusterRequest is the request type for the StartDBCluster API operation.

func (StartDBClusterRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r StartDBClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartDBClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the StartDBCluster API request.

type StartDBClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type StartDBClusterResponse struct {
	*StartDBClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

StartDBClusterResponse is the response type for the StartDBCluster API operation.

func (*StartDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *StartDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartDBCluster request.

type StartDBInstanceInput 

type StartDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The user-supplied instance identifier.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartDBInstanceInput) String 

func (s StartDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartDBInstanceInput) Validate 

func (s *StartDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartDBInstanceOutput 

type StartDBInstanceOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartDBInstanceOutput) String 

func (s StartDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartDBInstanceRequest 

type StartDBInstanceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *StartDBInstanceInput
	Copy  func(*StartDBInstanceInput) StartDBInstanceRequest
}

StartDBInstanceRequest is the request type for the StartDBInstance API operation.

func (StartDBInstanceRequest) Send 

func (r StartDBInstanceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartDBInstanceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the StartDBInstance API request.

type StartDBInstanceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type StartDBInstanceResponse struct {
	*StartDBInstanceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

StartDBInstanceResponse is the response type for the StartDBInstance API operation.

func (*StartDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *StartDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartDBInstance request.

type StartExportTaskInput added in v0.19.0 

type StartExportTaskInput struct {

	// The data to be exported from the snapshot. If this parameter is not provided,
	// all the snapshot data is exported. Valid values are the following:
	//
	//    * database - Export all the data of the snapshot.
	//
	//    * database.table [table-name] - Export a table of the snapshot.
	//
	//    * database.schema [schema-name] - Export a database schema of the snapshot.
	//    This value isn't valid for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, or Aurora MySQL.
	//
	//    * database.schema.table [table-name] - Export a table of the database
	//    schema. This value isn't valid for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, or
	//    Aurora MySQL.
	ExportOnly []string `type:"list"`

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier
	// for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is to be exported to.
	//
	// ExportTaskIdentifier is a required field
	ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the IAM role to use for writing to the Amazon S3 bucket when
	// exporting a snapshot.
	//
	// IamRoleArn is a required field
	IamRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the AWS KMS key to use to encrypt the snapshot exported to Amazon
	// S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier,
	// or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. The IAM role used for the
	// snapshot export must have encryption and decryption permissions to use this
	// KMS key.
	//
	// KmsKeyId is a required field
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket to export the snapshot to.
	//
	// S3BucketName is a required field
	S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The Amazon S3 bucket prefix to use as the file name and path of the exported
	// snapshot.
	S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot to export to Amazon S3.
	//
	// SourceArn is a required field
	SourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartExportTaskInput) String added in v0.19.0 

func (s StartExportTaskInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartExportTaskInput) Validate added in v0.19.0 

func (s *StartExportTaskInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartExportTaskOutput added in v0.19.0 

type StartExportTaskOutput struct {

	// The data exported from the snapshot. Valid values are the following:
	//
	//    * database - Export all the data of the snapshot.
	//
	//    * database.table [table-name] - Export a table of the snapshot.
	//
	//    * database.schema [schema-name] - Export a database schema of the snapshot.
	//    This value isn't valid for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, or Aurora MySQL.
	//
	//    * database.schema.table [table-name] - Export a table of the database
	//    schema. This value isn't valid for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, or
	//    Aurora MySQL.
	ExportOnly []string `type:"list"`

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier
	// for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is exported to.
	ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The reason the export failed, if it failed.
	FailureCause *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting
	// a snapshot.
	IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The ID of the AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's
	// exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN),
	// the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
	// The IAM role used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption
	// permissions to use this KMS key.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The progress of the snapshot export task as a percentage.
	PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Amazon S3 bucket that the snapshot is exported to.
	S3Bucket *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported
	// snapshot.
	S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The time that the snapshot was created.
	SnapshotTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3.
	SourceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The progress status of the export task.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The time that the snapshot export task completed.
	TaskEndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The time that the snapshot export task started.
	TaskStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The total amount of data exported, in gigabytes.
	TotalExtractedDataInGB *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A warning about the snapshot export task.
	WarningMessage *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the details of a snapshot export to Amazon S3.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeExportTasks action.

func (StartExportTaskOutput) String added in v0.19.0 

func (s StartExportTaskOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartExportTaskRequest added in v0.19.0 

type StartExportTaskRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *StartExportTaskInput
	Copy  func(*StartExportTaskInput) StartExportTaskRequest
}

StartExportTaskRequest is the request type for the StartExportTask API operation.

func (StartExportTaskRequest) Send added in v0.19.0 

func (r StartExportTaskRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartExportTaskResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the StartExportTask API request.

type StartExportTaskResponse added in v0.19.0 

type StartExportTaskResponse struct {
	*StartExportTaskOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

StartExportTaskResponse is the response type for the StartExportTask API operation.

func (*StartExportTaskResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.19.0 

func (r *StartExportTaskResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartExportTask request.

type StopActivityStreamInput added in v0.10.0 

type StopActivityStreamInput struct {

	// Specifies whether or not the database activity stream is to stop as soon
	// as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster for the database activity
	// stream. For example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster.
	//
	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopActivityStreamInput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s StopActivityStreamInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StopActivityStreamInput) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (s *StopActivityStreamInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StopActivityStreamOutput added in v0.10.0 

type StopActivityStreamOutput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity
	// stream.
	KinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in the database activity
	// stream.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the database activity stream.
	Status ActivityStreamStatus `type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopActivityStreamOutput) String added in v0.10.0 

func (s StopActivityStreamOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StopActivityStreamRequest added in v0.10.0 

type StopActivityStreamRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *StopActivityStreamInput
	Copy  func(*StopActivityStreamInput) StopActivityStreamRequest
}

StopActivityStreamRequest is the request type for the StopActivityStream API operation.

func (StopActivityStreamRequest) Send added in v0.10.0 

func (r StopActivityStreamRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StopActivityStreamResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the StopActivityStream API request.

type StopActivityStreamResponse added in v0.10.0 

type StopActivityStreamResponse struct {
	*StopActivityStreamOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

StopActivityStreamResponse is the response type for the StopActivityStream API operation.

func (*StopActivityStreamResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.10.0 

func (r *StopActivityStreamResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StopActivityStream request.

type StopDBClusterInput added in v0.5.0 

type StopDBClusterInput struct {

	// The DB cluster identifier of the Amazon Aurora DB cluster to be stopped.
	// This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopDBClusterInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s StopDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StopDBClusterInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *StopDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StopDBClusterOutput added in v0.5.0 

type StopDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster,
	// and StartDBCluster actions.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopDBClusterOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s StopDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StopDBClusterRequest added in v0.5.0 

type StopDBClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *StopDBClusterInput
	Copy  func(*StopDBClusterInput) StopDBClusterRequest
}

StopDBClusterRequest is the request type for the StopDBCluster API operation.

func (StopDBClusterRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r StopDBClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StopDBClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the StopDBCluster API request.

type StopDBClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type StopDBClusterResponse struct {
	*StopDBClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

StopDBClusterResponse is the response type for the StopDBCluster API operation.

func (*StopDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *StopDBClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StopDBCluster request.

type StopDBInstanceInput 

type StopDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The user-supplied instance identifier.
	//
	// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The user-supplied instance identifier of the DB Snapshot created immediately
	// before the DB instance is stopped.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopDBInstanceInput) String 

func (s StopDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StopDBInstanceInput) Validate 

func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StopDBInstanceOutput 

type StopDBInstanceOutput struct {

	// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopDBInstanceOutput) String 

func (s StopDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StopDBInstanceRequest 

type StopDBInstanceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *StopDBInstanceInput
	Copy  func(*StopDBInstanceInput) StopDBInstanceRequest
}

StopDBInstanceRequest is the request type for the StopDBInstance API operation.

func (StopDBInstanceRequest) Send 

func (r StopDBInstanceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StopDBInstanceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the StopDBInstance API request.

type StopDBInstanceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type StopDBInstanceResponse struct {
	*StopDBInstanceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

StopDBInstanceResponse is the response type for the StopDBInstance API operation.

func (*StopDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *StopDBInstanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StopDBInstance request.

type Subnet 

type Subnet struct {

	// Contains Availability Zone information.
	//
	// This data type is used as an element in the OrderableDBInstanceOption data
	// type.
	SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the identifier of the subnet.
	SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of the subnet.
	SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups action.

func (Subnet) String 

func (s Subnet) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Tag 

type Tag struct {

	// A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to
	// 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:".
	// The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space,
	// '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
	Key *string `type:"string"`

	// A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1
	// to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or
	// "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits,
	// white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
	Value *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair.

func (Tag) String 

func (s Tag) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TargetType added in v0.18.0 

type TargetType string
const (
	TargetTypeRdsInstance           TargetType = "RDS_INSTANCE"
	TargetTypeRdsServerlessEndpoint TargetType = "RDS_SERVERLESS_ENDPOINT"
	TargetTypeTrackedCluster        TargetType = "TRACKED_CLUSTER"
)

Enum values for TargetType

func (TargetType) MarshalValue added in v0.18.0 

func (enum TargetType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (TargetType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.18.0 

func (enum TargetType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Timezone 

type Timezone struct {

	// The name of the time zone.
	TimezoneName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A time zone associated with a DBInstance or a DBSnapshot. This data type is an element in the response to the DescribeDBInstances, the DescribeDBSnapshots, and the DescribeDBEngineVersions actions.

func (Timezone) String 

func (s Timezone) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpgradeTarget 

type UpgradeTarget struct {

	// A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source
	// DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true.
	AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the upgrade target database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The version number of the upgrade target database engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version.
	IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.

func (UpgradeTarget) String 

func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UserAuthConfig added in v0.18.0 

type UserAuthConfig struct {

	// The type of authentication that the proxy uses for connections from the proxy
	// to the underlying database.
	AuthScheme AuthScheme `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// A user-specified description about the authentication used by a proxy to
	// log in as a specific database user.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Whether to require or disallow AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication
	// for connections to the proxy.
	IAMAuth IAMAuthMode `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) representing the secret that the proxy uses
	// to authenticate to the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster. These secrets
	// are stored within Amazon Secrets Manager.
	SecretArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the database user to which the proxy connects.
	UserName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Specifies the details of authentication used by a proxy to log in as a specific database user.

func (UserAuthConfig) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s UserAuthConfig) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UserAuthConfigInfo added in v0.18.0 

type UserAuthConfigInfo struct {

	// The type of authentication that the proxy uses for connections from the proxy
	// to the underlying database.
	AuthScheme AuthScheme `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// A user-specified description about the authentication used by a proxy to
	// log in as a specific database user.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Whether to require or disallow AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication
	// for connections to the proxy.
	IAMAuth IAMAuthMode `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) representing the secret that the proxy uses
	// to authenticate to the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster. These secrets
	// are stored within Amazon Secrets Manager.
	SecretArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the database user to which the proxy connects.
	UserName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This is prerelease documentation for the RDS Database Proxy feature in preview release. It is subject to change.

Returns the details of authentication used by a proxy to log in as a specific database user.

func (UserAuthConfigInfo) String added in v0.18.0 

func (s UserAuthConfigInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage added in v0.2.0 

type ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage struct {

	// Valid storage options for your DB instance.
	Storage []ValidStorageOptions `locationNameList:"ValidStorageOptions" type:"list"`

	// Valid processor features for your DB instance.
	ValidProcessorFeatures []AvailableProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"AvailableProcessorFeature" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance.

func (ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ValidStorageOptions added in v0.2.0 

type ValidStorageOptions struct {

	// The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gibibytes of storage multiplier. For
	// example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10
	// times storage.
	IopsToStorageRatio []DoubleRange `locationNameList:"DoubleRange" type:"list"`

	// The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-20000.
	ProvisionedIops []Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"`

	// The valid range of storage in gibibytes. For example, 100 to 16384.
	StorageSize []Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"`

	// The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example, gp2, io1.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// Whether or not Amazon RDS can automatically scale storage for DB instances
	// that use the new instance class.
	SupportsStorageAutoscaling *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications action.

func (ValidStorageOptions) String added in v0.2.0 

func (s ValidStorageOptions) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VpcSecurityGroupMembership 

type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {

	// The status of the VPC security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the VPC security group.
	VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security group membership.

func (VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String 

func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VpnDetails added in v0.15.0 

type VpnDetails struct {

	// The IP address of network traffic from AWS to your on-premises data center.
	VpnGatewayIp *string `type:"string"`

	// The ID of the VPN.
	VpnId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the VPN.
	VpnName *string `type:"string"`

	// The preshared key (PSK) for the VPN.
	VpnPSK *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// The state of the VPN.
	VpnState *string `type:"string"`

	// The IP address of network traffic from your on-premises data center. A custom
	// AZ receives the network traffic.
	VpnTunnelOriginatorIP *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the virtual private network (VPN) between the VMware vSphere cluster and the AWS website.

For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html)

func (VpnDetails) String added in v0.15.0 

func (s VpnDetails) String() string

String returns the string representation

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
Package rdsiface provides an interface to enable mocking the Amazon Relational Database Service service client for testing your code.
 Package rdsiface provides an interface to enable mocking the Amazon Relational Database Service service client for testing your code.
Package rdsutils is used to generate authentication tokens used to connect to a givent Amazon Relational Database Service (RDS) database.
 Package rdsutils is used to generate authentication tokens used to connect to a givent Amazon Relational Database Service (RDS) database.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.